Attached files

file filename
EX-21.1 - EX-21.1 - REV Group, Inc.revg-ex211_451.htm
EX-23.1 - EX-23.1 - REV Group, Inc.revg-ex231_943.htm
EX-32.2 - EX-32.2 - REV Group, Inc.revg-ex322_450.htm
EX-32.1 - EX-32.1 - REV Group, Inc.revg-ex321_453.htm
EX-31.2 - EX-31.2 - REV Group, Inc.revg-ex312_452.htm
EX-31.1 - EX-31.1 - REV Group, Inc.revg-ex311_454.htm
EX-10.18 - EX-10.18 - REV Group, Inc.revg-ex1018_579.htm

 

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 10-K

 

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934 FOR THE TRANSITION PERIOD FROM                      TO                     

Commission File Number 001-37999

 

REV Group, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

 

 

Delaware

26-3013415

( State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2600

Milwaukee, WI

53202

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (414) 290-0190

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Common Stock, Par Value $0.001 Per Share; Common stock traded on the New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to submit and post such files). YES  NO 

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer

 

  

Accelerated filer

 

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

  

  

Smaller reporting company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company

 

 

 

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). YES  NO 

The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, based on the closing price of the shares of common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on April 30, 2018, was $501,386,889. The registrant’s common stock was not traded on April 30, 2018, the last day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter. For purposes of this calculation, shares of common stock held by each executive officer and director and by holders of more than 5% of the outstanding common stock have been excluded. However, the registrant has made no determination that such individuals are “affiliates” within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act of 1933.

The number of shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding as of December 16, 2018 was 62,683,808.

Portions of the Registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders, scheduled to be held on March 6, 2019, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report.

 

 

 

 


 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

Page

Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements

ii

Website and Social Media Disclosure

iii

PART I

 

 

Item 1.

Business

4

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

18

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

36

Item 2.

Properties

37

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

38

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

38

 

 

 

PART II

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

39

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

41

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

42

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

57

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

F-1

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

57

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

57

Item 9B.

Other Information

57

 

 

 

PART III

 

 

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

58

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

58

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

58

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

58

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

58

 

 

 

PART IV

 

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

59

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

59

Signatures

62

 

 

i


 

Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements can be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “predict,” “project,” “target,” “potential,” “will,” “would,” “could,” “should,” “continue,” “contemplate,” “aim” and other similar expressions, and include our segment net sales and other expectations described under “Overview” below, although not all forward-looking statements contain these identifying words. Investors are cautioned that forward-looking statements are inherently uncertain. A number of factors could cause actual results to differ materially from these statements, including, but not limited to increases in interest rates, availability of credit, low consumer confidence, availability of labor, significant increases in repurchase obligations, inadequate liquidity or capital resources, availability and price of fuel, a slowdown in the economy, increased material and component costs, availability of chassis and other key component parts, sales order cancellations, slower than anticipated sales of new or existing products, new product introductions by competitors, the effect of global tensions and integration of operations relating to mergers and acquisitions activities. We disclaim any obligation or undertaking to disseminate any updates or revisions to any forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K or to reflect any changes in expectations after the date of this release or any change in events, conditions or circumstances on which any statement is based, except as required by law. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

 

The impact of economic factors and adverse developments in economic conditions;

 

The seasonal nature of the markets in which we operate;

 

Disruptions in the supply of vehicle chassis or other critical materials;

 

Our ability to compete with other participants in the end markets we serve;

 

Our ability to successfully identify and integrate acquisitions;

 

Our business has certain working capital requirements, and a decline in operating results may have an adverse impact on our liquidity position;

 

The realization of contingent obligations;

 

Increases in the price of commodities, including the impact of tariffs, on the cost or price of our products;

 

The impact of currency value fluctuations on the cost or price of our products;

 

Our inability to successfully manage the implementation of a Company-wide enterprise resource planning system;

 

Our reliance on the performance of dealers;

 

The availability and terms of financing available to dealers and retail purchasers;

 

Our ability to retain and attract senior management and key employees;

 

Vehicle defects, delays in new model launches, recall campaigns, or increased warranty costs;

 

Cancellations, reductions or delays in customer orders;

 

The impact of federal, state and local regulations governing our products;

 

Unforeseen or recurring operational problems at any of our facilities and catastrophic events;

 

Federal and local government spending levels;

 

Our operations and the industries in which we operate are subject to governmental laws and regulations, including relating to environmental, health and safety matters;

 

The influence of AIP over us, including its contractual right to nominate a majority of our directors and other contractual rights;

 

Recent and future changes to tax laws or exposure to additional tax liabilities;

 

Failure to maintain the strength and value of our brands; and

 

Our being a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules and, as a result, qualifying for, and relying on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements.

ii


 

Website and Social Media Disclosure

We use our website (www.revgroup.com) and corporate Twitter account (@revgroupinc) as routine channels of distribution of company information, including news releases, analyst presentations, and supplemental financial information, as a means of disclosing material non-public information and for complying with our disclosure obligations under Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) Regulation FD. Accordingly, investors should monitor our website and our corporate Twitter account in addition to following press releases, SEC filings and public conference calls and webcasts. Additionally, we provide notifications of news or announcements as part of our investor relations website. Investors and others can receive notifications of new information posted on our investor relations website in real time by signing up for email alerts.

None of the information provided on our website, in our press releases, public conference calls and webcasts, or through social media channels is incorporated into, or deemed to be a part of, this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC, and any references to our website or our social media channels are intended to be inactive textual references only.

 

 

iii


Table of Contents

 

PART I

Unless otherwise indicated or the context requires otherwise, references in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the “Company,” “REV,” “we,” “us” and “our” refer to REV Group, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries.

Item 1. Business.

REV is a leading designer, manufacturer and distributor of specialty vehicles and related aftermarket parts and services. We provide customized vehicle solutions for applications including: essential needs (ambulances, fire apparatus, school buses, mobility vans and municipal transit buses), industrial and commercial (terminal trucks, cut-away buses and street sweepers) and consumer leisure (recreational vehicles “RVs” and luxury buses). Our brand portfolio consists of 30 well-established principal vehicle brands including many of the most recognizable names within our served markets. Several of our brands pioneered their specialty vehicle product categories and date back more than 50 years. We believe that in most of our markets, we hold the first or second market share position and approximately 61% of our net sales during fiscal year 2018 came from products where we believe we hold such share positions.

The specialty vehicle market is a complex and attractive market characterized by: (i) numerous niche markets with annual sales volumes generally between 3,000 and 25,000 units, (ii) highly customized vehicle configurations addressing unique customer applications and (iii) specialized customer bases and distribution channels (both dealer and direct). We believe the specialty vehicle market has historically been addressed primarily by smaller, less sophisticated companies, which has created an opportunity for market leadership by scaled and efficient producers such as REV. We believe that our focus on product innovation, life-cycle value leadership and operational improvement has strengthened our brands and market position while driving growth and providing margin expansion opportunity.

Our products are sold to municipalities, government agencies, private contractors, consumers and industrial and commercial end users. We have a diverse customer base with our top 10 customers representing approximately 19% of our net sales in fiscal year 2018, with no single customer representing more than 5% of our net sales over the same period. We believe our diverse end markets are favorably exposed to multiple secular growth drivers such as: rising municipal spending, a growing aged population, growing urbanization, growing student populations, the increasing popularity of outdoor and active lifestyles and the replacement of existing in-service vehicles including legislated replacements.

Our business model utilizes our unique scale to drive profitable organic and acquisitive growth. We seek to gain market share by delivering high-quality products with customized attributes tailored to our customers’ product specifications, while simultaneously reducing costs and shortening delivery lead times. We aim to achieve this by standardizing and optimizing certain processes across our segments in areas including: procurement, engineering and product development, lean manufacturing, dealer management, pricing, and aftermarket parts sales. We believe our manufacturing and service network, consisting of 21 manufacturing facilities and 12 aftermarket service locations (called Regional Technical Centers or “RTCs”), provides us with a competitive advantage through the sharing of best practices, manufacturing flexibility based on relative facility utilization levels, access to labor, delivery costs and lead times, economies of scale, customer service capabilities, and a complementary distribution system. Our business consists primarily of design, engineering, integration, and assembly activities, which require low levels of capital expenditures. Additionally, our business has a variable cost structure that results in operational flexibility, which when combined with a requirement for a low level of capital expenditures, we believe can produce high returns on invested capital. Furthermore, our broad presence across the specialty vehicle market and large manufacturing and distribution network are important differentiators in our ability to grow through acquisitions. We seek to make synergistic acquisitions that further enhance our existing market positions or enter REV into new, attractive product segments. In the past 12 years, we have successfully completed 16 acquisitions. We have the opportunity to grow and enhance the earnings profile of acquired businesses by expanding access to sales distribution channels, consolidating acquired businesses into our existing plant footprint and by introducing REV processes and scale into the newly acquired businesses to drive profitable growth.

Our management team has significant experience in highly specialized industrial manufacturing and aftermarket parts and services businesses. We continue to focus on initiatives to accelerate growth and improve our profitability. These initiatives include: improving brand management, strengthening distribution, leveraging a centralized enterprise-wide procurement strategy, growing adjacent and aftermarket products and services, improving production processes within our facilities, driving down total cost of quality, implementing value-based pricing strategies and reducing fixed costs.

During fiscal year 2017, the Company changed its fiscal year end from the last Saturday to the last calendar day in October of each year and the Company’s fiscal quarters end on the last day of January, April, July and October.


4


Table of Contents

 

Our Products and Markets

We primarily sell new specialty vehicles which we design, engineer and manufacture in our production facilities. We are also focused on growing our higher gross margin aftermarket business which consists of parts sales, service and other ancillary revenue opportunities. We believe the majority of our new vehicle sales represent the replacement of in-service vehicles which are past their useful life, with additional sales derived from fleet expansions, new customers and adjacent new product introductions.

Our Fire & Emergency segment sells fire apparatus equipment under the Emergency One (“E-ONE”), Kovatch Mobile Equipment (“KME”) and Ferrara brands and ambulances under the American Emergency Vehicles (“AEV”), Horton Emergency Vehicles (“Horton”), Leader Emergency Vehicles (“Leader”), Marque, McCoy Miller, Road Rescue, Wheeled Coach and Frontline brands. We believe we are the largest manufacturer by unit volume of fire and emergency vehicles in the United States and have one of the industry’s broadest portfolios of products including Type I ambulances (aluminum body mounted on a heavy truck-style chassis), Type II ambulances (van conversion ambulance typically favored for non-emergency patient transportation), Type III ambulances (aluminum body mounted on a van-style chassis), pumpers (fire apparatus on a custom or commercial chassis with a water pump and water tank to extinguish fires), ladder trucks (fire apparatus with stainless steel or aluminum ladders), tanker trucks and rescue and other vehicles. Each of our individual brands is distinctly positioned and targets certain price and feature points in the market such that dealers often carry, and customers often buy more than one REV Fire & Emergency product line.

 

Fire & Emergency Product

  

Description/Application

Pumper / Tanker

 

 

  

•       Most standard fire apparatus found in fire department fleets

•       Transports firefighters to the scene of an emergency

•       Onboard pump and water tank for immediate water supply upon arrival on scene to fight fires

•       Connects to more permanent water sources such as fire hydrants or water tenders for continuous firefighting capability

 

 

Aerial

 

 

  

•       Transports firefighters to the scene of an emergency and supports fire suppression

•       Facilitates access or egress of firefighters and fire victims at height using a large telescopic ladder

•       Ladder is mounted on a turntable on a truck chassis allowing it to pivot around a stable base to transport firefighters and fire suppression to the scene

•       Typically contains a pump, provides a high-level water point for firefighting via elevated master water stream

•       Provides a platform from which tasks such as ventilation or overhaul can be executed

 

ARFF

 

 

  

•       Transports firefighters to the scene of an airport emergency

•       Highly specified (by the F.A.A.) fire engine designed for use at global airfields where F.A.A. regulated commercial planes land to assist with potential aircraft accidents

•       Has the ability to move on rough terrain outside the runway and airport area and provides large water capacity and a foam tank

•       Able to deliver a fire suppression chemical foam stream to the scene, which “flattens” the fire faster

•       Capability to reach an airplane quickly and rapidly extinguish large fires involving jet fuel

 

 

Ambulance Type I

 

 

  

•       Transports paramedics and other emergency support technicians as well as a “mobile hospital” to the scene of an emergency

•       Patient compartment structural aluminum “box” mounted on a heavy truck chassis and used primarily for advanced life support and rescue work

•       Provides out of hospital medical care to the patient at the scene or while in transit

 

 

Ambulance Type II

 

 

  

•       Transports paramedics and other emergency support technicians to the scene of an emergency

•       Van-based ambulance with relatively fewer ambulance modifications and containing relatively less medical equipment than Type I or Type III ambulances

•       Used for basic life support and to transfer of patients that require only basic life support services to a hospital or between places of medical treatment

5


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Ambulance Type III

 

 

  

•       Transports paramedics and other emergency support technicians as well as a “mobile hospital” to the scene of an emergency

•       Patient compartment structural aluminum “box” mounted on a cut-away van chassis and has the same use and application as a Type I ambulance

Our Commercial segment is a leading producer of small- and medium-sized buses, Type A school buses, transit buses, terminal trucks and street sweepers in the United States. We serve the bus market through the following principal brands: Collins Bus, ENC, ElDorado National, Federal Coach, Champion and World Trans. In addition, we have a joint venture partnership with Daimler to distribute and service Setra branded motor coaches to customers in the United States. We serve the terminal truck market through the Capacity brand, the sweeper market through the Lay-Mor brand and the mobility van market through our Eldorado and Revability brands. Our products in the Commercial segment include cut-away buses (customized body built on various types and sizes of commercial chassis), transit buses (large municipal buses where we build our own chassis and body), luxury buses (bus-style limo or high-end luxury conversions), street sweepers (three- and four-wheel versions used in road construction activities), terminal trucks (specialized vehicle which moves freight in warehouses or intermodal yards and ports), Type A school buses (small school bus built on commercial chassis), and mobility vans (mini-van converted to be utilized by wheelchair passengers). Within each market segment, we produce a large number of customized configurations to address the diverse needs of our customers.

 

Commercial Product

  

Description/Application

Transit Bus

 

 

  

•       Type of bus used on shorter-distance public transport routes to move passengers from place to place. Distinct from motor coaches used for longer-distance journeys and smaller minibuses

•       Operated by publicly-run transit authorities or municipal bus companies, as well as private transport companies on a public contract or on a fully independent basis

•       Often built to operator specifications for specific transport applications

•       First type of bus to benefit from low-floor technology in response to demand for equal access public service

 

 

Shuttle Bus

 

 

  

•       Transports passengers between two fixed points

•       Facilitates short- or medium-distance journeys, such as airport shuttle buses or rental car and hotel customer transport

•       Commonly used in towns or cities with multiple terminal train stations or bus stations, for passenger interconnections

•       Passenger compartment mounted on a van or truck-style chassis typically with short-term luggage storage capability

 

 

Type A School Bus

 

 

  

•       Transports students, typically children, to and from school, home and school events

•       Typically transports smaller numbers of passengers compared to the larger “Type C” or “Type D” school buses and is more economical in certain types of applications

•       Purpose-built vehicle distinguished from other types of buses by significant safety and design features mandated by federal and state regulations

•       Passenger compartment mounted on a van or truck-style chassis

 

 

Mobility Van

 

 

  

•       Minivan that is modified to increase the interior size and floor space of the vehicle and provide a means of wheelchair entry such as a ramp or a powered lift

•       Some include platform lifts that can be raised and lowered from inside the vehicle down to the ground outside to accommodate driver or passenger access

•       Provides access for a wheelchair user via side-entry or rear-entry configurations

 

 

6


Table of Contents

 

Sweeper

 

 

  

•       Used in a variety of cleaning and preparation applications in road construction and paving industries

•       Typically used in street, highway, bridge or interstate construction projects

•       Applications use broom or push technology, as well as water cleaning capabilities

•       Some applications also include snow removal

•       Significant aftermarket parts such as sweeper brushes

 

Terminal Truck

 

 

  

•       Custom built tractor used to move trailers and containers within a cargo yard, warehouse facility or intermodal facility

•       Includes a single person cab offset to the side of the engine with a short wheelbase and rear cab exit

•       Some units have a fifth wheel with an integrated lifting mechanism that allows the semi-trailer landing legs to remain in the down position during movement enabling efficient movement

•       Steel side wall cab and floor construction for protection in harsh and dangerous work environments

Our Recreation segment serves the RV market through seven principal brands: American Coach, Fleetwood RV, Monaco Coach, Holiday Rambler, Renegade RV, Midwest Automotive Designs (“Midwest”) and Lance Camper (“Lance”). We believe our brand portfolio contains some of the longest standing, most recognized brands in the RV industry. Under all seven brands, REV provides a variety of highly recognized motorized and towable RV models such as: American Eagle, Dynasty, Discovery, Bounder, Pace Arrow, Verona, Weekender and Lance, among others. Our products in the Recreation segment include Class A motorized RVs (motorhomes built on a heavy duty chassis with either diesel or gas engine configurations), Class C and “Super C” motorized RVs (motorhomes built on a commercial truck or van chassis), a line of heavy-duty special application trailers, Class B RVs (motorhomes built on a van chassis), and towable travel trailers and truck campers. The Recreation segment also includes Goldshield Fiberglass, which produces a wide range of custom molded fiberglass products for the RV and broader industrial markets. Within our Recreation segment, we are one of the top producers of Class A diesel and gas motorized RVs.

 

Recreation Product

  

Description/Application

Class A Motorized RVs

(Gas, Diesel)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

•     Class A motorized RVs can be as long as 45 feet and are usually equipped with a rear master suite including a full bathroom and shower and many include a washer/dryer unit on board

•     Today’s Class A motorized RVs tend to have multiple slide outs (some can expand to a width of over 14 feet), large flat screen TV’s, surround sound systems and even dishwashers and ice machines

•     Keeps users comfortably on the road for long periods of time including comfortable sleeping accommodations and basement storage to carry ample supplies

•     Constructed on a commercial truck chassis, a specially designed motor vehicle chassis or a commercial bus chassis, a Class A motorized RV resembles a bus in design and has a flat or vertical front end with large forward windows

 

Class C Motorized RVs

 

 

 

 

  

•     Class C motorized RVs make use of a standard van or truck chassis as the driving portion of the RV, allowing better access to the cab portion from the outside, since there are entry doors on both sides

•     The house (or camper) portion of the RV extends over the cab area which commonly has a sleeping compartment or other uses such as storage or entertainment

•     Fewer amenities and living space compared to Class A motorized RVs while meeting requirements for comfortable living

•     A Class C motorized RV is equipped with a kitchen/dining area featuring a refrigerator/freezer, a propane range (sometimes with an oven), a microwave oven and a table with seating. It also has a lavatory with a bath/shower, one or more sleeping areas and additional seating towards the front. An air conditioner, water heater, furnace and outside canopy are also typically included

•     Class C motorized RVs often feature a towing hitch enabling the pulling of a light weight or heavy trailers for boats, a small car or truck or other sports accessories

7


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Class B Motorized RVs

 

 

 

  

•     Class B motorized RVs can range from 16 to 22 feet, are typically built on an automotive van chassis or panel-truck shells, and are built on several different gas or diesel chassis depending on the motorhome

•     Class B motorized RVs drive more like the family car, are easier to park and maneuver, but also offer the comforts and conveniences of a home on the road

•     Typically equipped with a “wet bath” configuration, which includes toilet, shower, and sink

•     Fewer amenities than a Class A and Class C unit, the Class B will typically have seating for 6 to 8 people, a small kitchenette complete with refrigerator and microwave, and comes equipped with flat screen TV/surround sound, roof mounted A.C., and a smaller generator

•     Limited sleeping capacity, typically a 2-person, overnight coach

•     Class B motorized RVs have a broad appeal due to its versatility, and ease of driving. They are typically used for shorter overnight trips, older couples no longer wanting to drive a large coach, families involved in sports, tailgating, and even larger families in need of space for a primary driving vehicle

 

 

 

Travel Trailers and

Truck Campers

 

 

 

•Travel Trailers range in sizes of 14 feet up to 35 feet, and can sleep up to anywhere from 1-10 people

•Travel Trailers are towed by another vehicle, can be parked and detached for ease of use

•Typically contains a kitchen, dining, bath and sleep area

•Lance Camper makes the #1 selling truck camper in America

•Truck campers are portable units easily loaded onto the bed of a pickup truck

•Truck campers range in size from 6’- 12’ with floorplan arrangements that sleep 3-6 people

•Livable areas are maximized, most floorplans offer full kitchens, bathrooms, living areas and storage space

 

To enhance our market-leading positions, we complement growth from strategic acquisitions with new product development across our three segments. New product development is primarily designed to provide our customers with high-quality products that have varied and unique feature sets and product capabilities at attractive price points. We introduced 17 new products in fiscal year 2017 and have introduced 13 new products in fiscal year 2018. In addition to new product development, our businesses are continuously customizing and designing our vehicles to meet individual customers’ needs and applications. In our RV business specifically, our new model design cycle follows similar timelines as the automotive industry, whereby new models and configurations are introduced or upgraded annually.

Our Markets

We operate primarily in the United States in the fire and emergency, commercial and recreation markets. For fiscal year 2018 our net sales to international markets (including Canada) amounted to $98 million, representing approximately 4% of our overall net sales for fiscal year 2018. We sell internationally through dealers and agents to end markets that utilize U.S.-style chassis and product configurations. In December 2017, we also established a joint venture with China’s Chery Holding Group in Wuhu to manufacture RVs, ambulances and other specialty vehicles for distribution within China and select international markets. These products will be sold in China and internationally through Chery’s existing distribution network.

Fire and Emergency Markets

Fire and emergency products are used by municipalities and private contractors to provide essential services such as emergency response, patient transport and fire suppression, among other activities. Nearly all fire apparatus and ambulances are customized in some form; however, they share many common production, sales and component attributes such as similar manufacturing and engineering processes, raw materials (aluminum, lights, wire harnesses, paint and coatings, among others), and dealer-based distribution channels. The sales prices for our fire and emergency products can vary considerably given their highly customized nature, but generally range from $160,000 to $650,000 for pumper trucks, $475,000 to $1,200,000 for aerial fire trucks and $65,000 to $350,000 for ambulances. Demand is driven primarily by the replacement of in-service fleets, as well as by factors such as a growing aged population and a growing overall population (driving increased patient transportation and emergency response needs), new real

8


Table of Contents

 

estate developments, taller buildings (requiring more aerial vehicles), international airport growth (requiring Federal Aviation Administration-specified ARFF vehicles), and higher municipal funding levels. Local tax revenues are an important source of funding for fire and emergency response departments in addition to Federal grant money and locally raised funding. We estimate that ambulances have useful lives of 5-7 years and generally operate on a 24/7 schedule, driving significant annual mileage which ultimately creates a replacement or remount sale as their underlying chassis wears out. We estimate that pumper trucks and aerial fire trucks have useful lives of 10-12 years and 20-30 years, respectively, and that these fire apparatus vehicles become obsolete before they wear out due to the fact that technology continues to advance, and the vehicles would otherwise have a long-life span because they generally operate at lower levels of annual miles driven.

We believe that a growing aged population, longer life expectancy, urbanization and the increasing use of emergency vehicles for non-critical care transport are all positive trends for the ambulance market.

Commercial Markets

REV’s Commercial segment addresses a broad variety of products and end markets. The transit and shuttle bus markets include applications such as airport car rental and hotel/motel shuttles, paramedical transit vehicles for hospitals and nursing homes, tour and charter operations, daycare and student transportation, mobility vans for wheelchair users, and numerous other applications. We believe the commercial bus markets we serve will sustain positive long-term growth supported by growing levels of urbanization which will require increasing commercial bus usage, increased government transportation spending, an aging and growing U.S. population driving demand for shuttle buses and mobility vans, a necessary replacement cycle of public and private bus customers and the introduction of new bus products.

The demand for school buses is driven by the need for student transportation primarily in the United States and Canada. Within this market, we believe important demand drivers are the increasing number of students, the replacement cycle of in-service vehicles, substitution by private contract companies as the provider of student transportation from school districts (thus requiring the purchase of new buses) and legislated replacements. Insurance providers and state legislatures are increasingly requiring replacement of non-conforming vans which often drives a substitution purchase of our Type A product because of its numerous legislated safety features and benefits versus traditional van products.

Terminal truck demand is driven by replacement of in-service fleets, growth in trade and the increased use of intermodal freight services and warehouses. We anticipate ongoing growth in global trade will result in higher future intermodal freight traffic growth. Sweeper demand is also driven by replacement of in-service fleets by contractors and rental companies as well as growth in infrastructure and construction spending. Sweepers are used in various applications within the construction and road and highway infrastructure markets.

The sales prices for our bus and specialty vehicles can vary considerably, but generally range from $35,000 to $55,000 for Type A school buses, $40,000 to $190,000 for shuttle buses, $100,000 to $500,000 for transit buses and $25,000 to $165,000 for other specialty vehicles. We estimate that Type A school buses have useful lives of 8-10 years, that shuttle buses have useful lives of 5-10 years, that transit buses have useful lives of approximately 10-12 years and other specialty vehicles have useful lives of 5-7 years.

9


Table of Contents

 

Recreation Markets

The RV industry includes various types and configurations of both motorized and towable RVs of which we currently manufacture and sell Class A (diesel and gas), Class B and Class C motorized RVs. Motorized RVs are self-contained units built on motor vehicle chassis with their own lighting, plumbing, heating, cooking, refrigeration, sewage holding and water storage facilities. Class A RVs are generally constructed on medium-duty chassis which are supplied complete with engine and drivetrain components by major motor vehicle manufacturers. We then design, fabricate and install the living area and driver’s compartment of these motorized RVs. Class B RVs are built on a consumer van chassis with the entire living area contained within the existing van frame. Class C RVs are built on consumer truck or van chassis which include an engine, drivetrain and a finished cab section. In Class Cs we design, fabricate and install the living area to connect to the driver’s compartment and the cab section. Super Class C RVs are heavy duty Class C motorhomes built on a commercial truck or van chassis that can be used in conjunction with other outdoor or sporting activities because of a larger towing capacity.

Within the Recreation segment, we also design and manufacture a portfolio of towable travel trailers and truck campers under the Lance brand name. These trailers and campers are comprised of a self-contained living area with their own heating, lighting, plumbing, cooking, refrigeration, sleeping and bathroom facilities but excluding a motor vehicle chassis. These products require the RV owner to utilize a motor vehicle to pull or carry them between destinations.

RVs are a consumer leisure purchase and therefore factors that drive demand include: consumer wealth (including the value of primary housing residences and the stock market level), consumer confidence, availability of financing and levels of disposable income. We believe end customers tend to be brand-loyal and repeat buyers who make decisions based on brand, quality, product configuration (primarily floorplan design, features and product styling), service availability and experience and price. Lifestyle trends are expected to support the growth of the RV market. We believe RVs are becoming more popular through increased interest in nature-based tourism and a growing preference for adventure travel among the growing urban populations. According to the Recreation Vehicle Industry Association, or RVIA, RV sales will continue to benefit from the aging “baby boomers” as more people enter the primary RV ownership age group of 55 to 70 years old. RVIA estimates that the number of consumers between the ages of 55 and 70 will total 56 million by 2020, 27% higher than in 2010. In addition to the growth tied to aging demographics, there are approximately 45 million active U.S. campers, many of which are outside the aforementioned demographic, representing an opportunity to expand the RV customer base. In any given year, the macro demand drivers of an aging population and popularity of travel will be impacted by the shorter-term cyclical demand swings for RV’s that are caused by changes in consumer sentiment due to factors that include consumer wealth, confidence and the availability of financing.

The sales prices for our RVs can vary considerably, but generally range from $65,000 to $600,000. We estimate that RVs have useful lives of 8-15 years.

Customers and End Markets

Our end markets include the municipal market (vehicles for essential services such as emergency response, patient transportation and student transportation), the private contractor market (privately owned fleets that provide transportation services), the consumer market (vehicles for transportation, leisure and mobility needs) and the industrial/commercial markets (vehicles for transportation, construction projects and global port and intermodal transportation applications). Based on aggregated available industry data, we estimate that the combined size of our annual addressable markets is approximately 112,000 vehicles with $800 million of potential aftermarket parts sales at current market volume levels.

Our top 10 customers combined accounted for approximately 19% of our net sales for fiscal year 2018, with no customer representing more than 5% of our net sales in the same period. We and our predecessor and acquired companies have operated in our businesses for many years, and many of our brands have been trusted names in the marketplace for decades. As a result, we are able to take advantage of many long-term customer relationships.

Approximately 55% of our net sales in fiscal year 2018 were made directly or indirectly to governmental bodies, including municipalities, such as fire departments, school districts, hospitals and the U.S. federal government. In fiscal year 2018, our approximate direct or indirect net sales by end market was as follows: 45% government, 34% consumer, 11% private contractor and 10% industrial/commercial.

For both fiscal years 2018 and 2017, approximately 99% of our net sales were to customers located in the United States and Canada.

10


Table of Contents

 

Growth in our end markets are driven by various macro-economic and demographic factors including:

 

Population demographics—Overall population growth and the aging population creates greater needs for essential services such as emergency care, healthcare services, transportation and interest in retirement activities including travel and leisure.

 

Increasing state and local government investment—Improving housing prices, improving economies and new housing starts all create an increasing tax base and greater demand for essential services provided by governmental agencies.

 

Pent-up replacement demand for essential vehicles— Since the 2008 recession, the replacement volumes of fire apparatus and ambulances in the United States has lagged historical averages that we believe created a higher replacement demand. The annual volume of ambulance sales in the United States has reached prior peak levels starting in fiscal year 2017 whereas the annual sales levels for fire apparatus have not yet reached their previous historical averages which we believe will create higher demand in the future for the fire apparatus we produce.

 

Urbanization of the U.S. population—Growing urban population characterized by higher populations and the movement of people to the cities within the United States drives additional construction and housing demand that results in greater need for transportation and emergency services to maintain service and response levels by our end customers.

 

Increasing popularity for outdoor lifestyles—There is a growth of interest in outdoor recreational activities and the opportunity to better access large areas through the use of RVs. The RV lifestyle and demand for our vehicles is supported by the continued positive growth in the consumer base which includes the increased industry penetration of the baby boomer generation as well as the fastest growing RV owner group which includes Generation X consumers, as estimated by RVIA.

Our Strengths

We believe we have the following competitive strengths:

Market Leader Across All Segments with a Large Installed Base— We believe we are a market leader in each of the fire and emergency, commercial and recreation vehicle markets. Approximately 61% of our net sales during fiscal year 2018 are in markets in which we believe we hold the first or second market share positions. We believe we are the largest manufacturer by unit volume of fire and emergency vehicles in the United States. We also believe our Commercial segment is the #1 producer of small- and medium-sized commercial buses as well as Type A school buses in the United States. We believe we are also a leading producer of transit buses, terminal trucks, mobility vans and street sweepers. Within our Recreation segment, we are one of the top producers of Class A diesel and gas motorized RVs. We are also a leader in high-end Class B and Super C RVs under the Midwest and Renegade brands. We also believe we have one of the highest quality travel trailer and truck camper product lines under the Lance brand name.

We estimate that the replacement value of our installed base of approximately 250,000 vehicles across our segments is approximately $36 billion, which we believe is a significant competitive advantage for both new unit sales and aftermarket parts and service sales, as brand awareness drives customer loyalty and fleet owners frequently seek to standardize their in-service fleets through repeat purchases of existing brands and product configurations. For example, one of the largest municipal fire departments in the United States has the vast majority of its fleets of ambulances and fire apparatus standardized on REV branded product configuration and feature sets that satisfy this customer’s unique specifications and standards.

Broad Product Portfolio and Well-Recognized Brands— Our product portfolio is comprised of high-quality vehicles sold under 30 well-established principal vehicle brands that in many instances pioneered their market segments. For example, the first Type A yellow school bus was developed and sold by Collins Bus and the first Type I ambulance was developed and sold by Horton. We believe our product portfolio represents the broadest product offering in our markets and enables us to attract and retain top dealers who in many instances sell multiple REV brands in their territories. Our vehicle platforms are highly customizable and can meet nearly all product specifications demanded by our customers. In each of the markets that we serve, we believe our brands are among the most recognized in the industry, representing performance, quality, reliability, durability, technological leadership and superior customer service.

11


Table of Contents

 

Selling into Attractive, Growing End Markets— Each of our segments serves end markets that are supported by what we believe to be favorable, long-term demographic, economic and secular trends. We believe that the growing aged population in the United States will increase demand for products across all of our segments, as older demographics are a key demand driver for products such as emergency vehicles, mobility vans and RVs. In the Fire & Emergency segment, increasing legislated changes requiring shorter replacement cycles will create a source of recurring demand for our products as in-service vehicles achieve mileage or age limits. Our Commercial segment is poised to grow as a result of increasing urbanization within the United States which will require greater use of commercial buses. We believe demand for our school buses and our fire and emergency vehicles will grow with increasing state and local government spending. We also believe our RV segment is poised for long-term industry growth driven by increased RV participation rates and market unit recoveries to historical average levels for certain product categories. Additionally, we believe the current U.S. camper base of 45 million people represents an opportunity to expand the RV customer base. Though our net sales for all the specialty vehicles we manufacture are primarily derived from sales in the United States, similar positive market dynamics exist in other parts of the world providing an opportunity for future global growth in each of our segments. Only approximately 4% of our net sales in fiscal year 2018 were from sales to customers outside the United States.

Unique Scale and Business Model— As the only manufacturer of specialty vehicles across all three of our product segments and one of the largest participants in our markets by net sales, we enjoy a unique position relative to many of our competitors that we believe provides a competitive advantage and an enhanced growth profile. Many of our products contain similar purchased components, such as chassis, engines, lighting, wiring and other commodities which increases our leverage with and relevance to key suppliers as compared to our competition. The operational processes across our different products are based on common elements, such as chassis preparation and production, body fabrication, product assembly and painting which allow us to develop best practices across our manufacturing system and implement those processes to drive operational efficiency. Our platform also allows us to leverage the combined engineering resources and product development resources from our broad network to bring new products, features and customer specific customization to market faster. Our business model makes us more desirable to our distribution channel partners as we are able to provide them with a full line of products to address our mutual customers’ needs across a wider variety of price and product feature elements which gives dealers the opportunity to sell to a larger customer base and grow their sales and earnings. Additionally, our scale allows us to more efficiently amortize investments in service locations, parts sales infrastructure and information technology tools, among others.

Business Model Produces Attractive Financial Characteristics— Our core production processes are design, engineering, component integration and assembly in nature, creating a business model that includes a variable cost structure, low required levels of maintenance capital expenditures as a percentage of net sales, attractive levels of return on invested capital and strong revenue visibility in certain product categories with longer backlogs. Based on our historical results of operations, we estimate that across all three of our segments, approximately 82% of our cost of goods sold are comprised of direct materials (including chassis) and direct labor which are variable in nature because these costs are associated with the specific production of our vehicles in each period and therefore are adjusted within a given period based on production levels in that period. Our remaining cost of goods sold are comprised of certain indirect labor and overhead costs which are fixed or semi-variable in nature because these costs are not linked to specific vehicle volumes in a given period and the time required to adjust these levels of spending is longer and management decisions regarding these costs are made based on longer term trends and forecasts. In addition, our selling, general and administrative expenses are primarily comprised of salaried payroll expenses which we structure efficiently around the level of demand in our markets and based each business’ sales distribution characteristics. Finally, certain of our businesses carry a high-quality backlog which enables strong visibility into future net sales which can range from two to twelve months depending on the product and market. Where this backlog visibility exists we are able to more effectively plan and predict our sales and production activity.

Experienced Consolidator with Proven Ability to Integrate Acquisitions—Over the last 12 years, we have completed 16 acquisitions across our Fire & Emergency, Commercial and Recreation segments and continue to actively consider future potential acquisitions that complement and expand our current product portfolio. Our scale and plant network, strong end market positions, extensive distribution networks, access to low cost capital and reputation as an active and effective strategic acquirer, position us favorably to continue to grow and enhance value through strategic acquisitions. The specialty vehicle market is highly fragmented with a large number of smaller producers, within our existing markets as well as in new markets where we believe there would be synergies with REV. We believe all these attributes position REV as an acquirer of choice in the specialty vehicles market.

Our Growth Strategies

We plan to continue pursuing several strategies to grow our earnings, expand our market share and further diversify our revenue stream, including:

Drive Margin Expansion Through Controllable Operational Initiatives— Our focus on driving operational improvement initiatives across the organization has enabled the increase of our net income, Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA over the

12


Table of Contents

 

long term. We believe we have an improving enterprise-wide culture focused on continuous improvement, implementing measurable performance targets and sharing of best practices across the entire organization. We continuously strive to identify and act on additional profitability improvement initiatives in many of our business units.

Develop Innovative New Customer Offerings— Due to the specific customer requirements for our products, we are continually enhancing and customizing our product offerings by introducing new features to enhance customer utility across a variety of price points. We seek to expand our addressable market by developing innovative products and services that extend our market leading combination of features, performance, quality and price to new customer bases, new markets or new segments of existing markets. We introduced 17 new products in fiscal year 2017 and 13 new products in fiscal year 2018. We believe our process of constant innovation will not only help us increase net sales but also achieve lower costs and generate higher margins as our new products are frequently designed to leverage existing procurement relationships and for ease of manufacturability. In addition, there are multiple natural product adjacencies where REV has valuable brand equity, leading technology and cost positions where we believe we can generate strong demand for new products. For example, we introduced the REV Guardian in fiscal year 2018, the first ambulance with built-in ballistic protection that keeps occupants of the ambulance protected with its run flat tire inserts, ballistic glass and full envelope of level IIIA ballistic Kevlar throughout the ambulance. We introduced the new Low Floor Collins school bus in fiscal year 2017 to better serve a diverse passenger market by delivering a bus ride that provides better rider accessibility. Finally, we introduced a new M1 Ambulance under the Frontline brand in fiscal year 2016 to address a lower specification segment of the ambulance market. By delivering innovative new customer offerings and customizations, we believe we can grow our net sales and market share.

Enhance Sales and Distribution Model— We believe that we are an attractive specialty vehicle OEM partner for dealers due to the breadth and quality of our product offerings, our brand recognition, our ability to produce products at varied price and feature points, as well as our aftermarket support capabilities. We intend to continue to leverage this strength to enhance our distribution network through selectively adding dealers in new territories, strengthening dealers in our existing network and expanding our direct sales and service capabilities in targeted markets. Our goal is to partner with the leading dealers in each market and to provide the necessary resources to ensure our partner dealers can best position REV products to compete successfully within their regions. We will also continue to optimize our go-to-market channel strategy (e.g., distribution or direct sale) based on the specific market dynamics and customer composition by region. We have historically focused on customers within the United States; however, we believe there is demand internationally for our products and we also seek to expand our distribution globally.

Accelerate Aftermarket Growth— Our end users’ large in-service fleets create strong demand for aftermarket parts in order to keep vehicles running and to support their residual value. We have formalized an aftermarket strategy and are investing in building out capabilities to take advantage of this significant, high margin opportunity across our segments. We have created a dedicated management team to oversee our aftermarket business and are centralizing our aftermarket parts and services business to broaden market coverage and ensure parts availability while reducing lead time. We have established a web-based technology platform to provide our customers with real time data on parts availability and pricing. We also made substantial investments in our services network infrastructure across the United States in fiscal years 2015 through 2018 for the establishment of new RTCs, creation of dedicated parts warehouses, development of our parts system infrastructure and the expansion of capacity across several existing service locations. In early fiscal year 2017, we announced a new service partnership with Ryder Systems, Inc. where our bus customers are able to leverage Ryder’s extensive maintenance network of over 800 service locations with a program designed to deliver nationwide vehicle maintenance services. We believe we are well positioned to provide the most extensive and integrated service support network to our end customers and dealer partners.

Pursue Value Enhancing Acquisitions— We seek to pursue acquisitions which enhance our existing market positions, facilitate our entry to new product categories and/or markets and achieve our targeted financial returns. We have a long history of acquisitions with 16 transactions completed over the past 12 years. Given our leadership positions within our markets and our existing facility, service and distribution network, we believe we have many inherent advantages in making acquisitions and have demonstrated the ability to successfully identify, execute and integrate acquisitions while realizing synergies. We believe that we have a clear acquisition strategy in place, targeting acquisitions with significant synergies to drive long-term value creation for shareholders. We will seek acquisitions of companies with strong brands and complementary products and distribution networks that align well with our aftermarket strategies and provide strong synergies with our existing business. In addition, we will target acquisitions which further diversify or broaden our product offerings and geographic reach, and simultaneously produce attractive financial returns.

Our Initial Public Offering

On January 26, 2017, we announced the pricing of an initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of our common stock, which began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on January 27, 2017. On February 1, 2017, we completed the IPO of 12.5 million shares of common stock at a price of $22.00 per share. The Company received $275.0 million in gross proceeds from the IPO, or approximately $253.6 million in net proceeds after deducting the underwriting discount and expenses related to the IPO. The net

13


Table of Contents

 

proceeds of the IPO were used to partially pay down the Company’s existing debt. The Company redeemed the entire outstanding balance of its Senior Secured Notes (the “Notes”), including a prepayment premium and accrued interest, plus it partially paid down a portion of the then outstanding balance of its revolving credit facility. Immediately prior to closing of the IPO, the Company completed an 80-for-one stock split of its Class A common stock and Class B common stock and reclassified the Class A common stock and Class B common stock into a single class of common stock, which was the same class as the shares sold in the IPO.

Our Equity Sponsor

The Company’s primary equity holders are funds and an investment vehicle associated with AIP CF IV, LLC, which the Company collectively refers to as “American Industrial Partners,” “AIP” or “Sponsor” and which indirectly own approximately 53.9% of REV Group’s voting equity as of December 16, 2018. AIP is an operations and engineering-focused private equity firm headquartered in New York, New York.

Distribution

We distribute either through our direct sales force or our well-established dealer network, consisting of approximately 700 dealers. Substantially all of our dealers are independently owned. Whether we sell directly to the customer or through a dealer depends largely on the product line, the customer base and applicable regulations. We provide our direct sales force representatives and dealers with training on the operation and specifications of our products. We strive to keep our direct sales force representatives and dealers up to date on our product offerings and new features as well as market trends. We believe our scale enables us to dedicate certain sales and marketing efforts to particular products, customers or geographic regions, which we believe enables us to develop expertise valued by our customers.

As one of the leaders in each of our markets, we believe our distribution network consists of many of the leading dealers within each segment. We believe our extensive dealer network has the ability to meet the needs of end customers with high to low value-added products, such as vehicles, equipment, components and parts and services, at a variety of price points and order sizes. As a result, most of our dealers have sold our products for over a decade and are serving a well-established installed base of end customers, creating cost advantages and entrenched positions due to customer loyalty. We also periodically assist our dealers in composing bid packages for larger opportunities that involve our product lines. We continue to grow and enhance our distribution network into underserved areas. In addition, we evaluate export opportunities from time to time in select international markets through our direct sales force and our established international dealerships and agents.

Fire & Emergency Segment

We sell our ambulances through internal direct sales personnel as well as a select group of independent dealers in the United States. Our direct sales force is responsible for sales to key National Accounts that operate in multiple states and are too large for our domestic dealers to service. Approximately 54 independent dealers provide full coverage of the U.S. domestic market and provide both sales and service to our customers. We believe our dealers hold the leading position in their assigned territories, providing us with a significant competitive advantage. In addition, we export to most of the international markets that utilize a chassis that is available in the United States. This includes countries in the Middle East, Latin America and the Caribbean basin.

Our fire apparatus business uses its direct sales force and its dealer network comprised of approximately 90 dealers in the United States and Canada and approximately 30 international dealers to sell its products. We have continued to grow our distribution network into underserved areas. For example, historically our fire apparatus business did not serve the stainless-steel component of the industry, but we have recently invested in a new facility to service that market. As such, we believe there are significant opportunities to grow our dealer footprint to serve this market. We believe that with our new product and expanding dealer network in this area, we will begin to capture additional market share going forward.

Commercial Segment

We utilize dealer distribution in markets where a well-managed and experienced dealer is available. Selling through a dealer can be more cost effective than utilizing direct sales personnel in some cases. As a result, we continually evaluate potential dealer relationships to determine if the addition of a dealer in a given region would be advantageous to net sales and our market share. In addition to our dealer network, we also utilize direct national accounts, such as school transportation contractors, national child care providers, hotels, rental car and parking lot operators, nursing and retirement homes and church organizations.

The Capacity brand utilizes a combination of a direct sales force, international agents and dealers to market its products worldwide. Capacity also utilizes an extensive network of dealers in the United States and Canada.

14


Table of Contents

 

The Lay-Mor brand and the Revability brand are principally marketed in both commercial and rental markets through the manufacturer’s representatives and distributors who are supported by our internal sales efforts with key customers, such as national equipment rental companies and government agencies. Our direct sales personnel work directly with national customers to ensure that Lay-Mor and Revability equipment meets customers’ specifications and is qualified for sale throughout their national network.

Recreation Segment

We sell our RV products through a national independent dealer network with internal sales personnel responsible for working directly with these dealers. RV purchases are sensitive to wholesale and retail financing, consumer confidence and disposable income, making them discretionary products. The largest RV buying group is people between the ages of 35 and 54, with an average age of all RV owners of 45, according to the RVIA. Buyers of RVs are brand loyal, repeat buyers who make decisions based on brand, product configuration (primarily floor plan design, features and product styling), service and price. This buying group is expected to grow as the baby boom generation continues to age. For many of these buyers, a motor home purchase is the second biggest purchase in their lifetime; therefore, the shopping timeline is longer than other consumer purchases. The buying process normally starts with online searches, followed by show visits and eventually a dealership visit for the purchase.

Manufacturing and Service Capabilities

We currently operate 21 manufacturing plants and 12 RTCs across the United States with approximately 5.7 million square feet of manufacturing and service space. We believe that our factories are among some of the most efficient and lowest cost production facilities in each of our markets due to the production processes that we employ, our purchasing scale and the high unit volume throughput relative to most of our competitors. In addition, approximately 82% of our cost of goods sold are comprised of direct materials (including chassis) and direct labor, which are variable in nature because these costs are associated with the specific production of our vehicles in each period and therefore are adjusted within a given period based on production levels in that period. Our products within each of our segments and across the enterprise share a centralized sourcing model and employ certain common engineering and manufacturing processes. Through our manufacturing infrastructure, we leverage our capabilities and scale in procurement, new product development, design, assembly and painting processes. We also leverage best practices in quality control and worker safety across our segments.

We strive to instill a manufacturing culture of continuous improvement. Many of our direct labor employees are taught lean manufacturing principles or other operational best practices to improve the efficiency of their production processes and enhance their employment experience. The commonality and scale of production processes across all of our factories in the areas of chassis production/preparation, product assembly and flow processes and “body” and apparatus design and manufacturing allow us to share efficiency and operational best practices across our segments.

Our RTC footprint is strategically placed throughout the United States and our locations are staffed with technicians and customer service representatives to support our approximately 250,000 installed base of vehicles. Our RTCs complement our dealer network to provide our end users with the parts and service that they need to keep their fleets operating and to meet the demand of their customers. The services that we provide at our RTC locations include normal maintenance and service activities, damage repair and rebuilding services. Rebuilding services include manufacturer certified repair and apparatus remounting processes that can extend the life of a vehicle and reduce the total cost of ownership for our end users.

Engineering, Research and Development

We believe our engineering, research and development (“R&D”) capabilities are essential to ensure we remain competitive in the markets in which we operate. We continue to engage in new product development, enhancement and testing to improve both existing products and the development of new vehicles and components.

Virtually all of our vehicle sales require some level of custom engineering to meet customer specifications and evolving industry standards. In the Fire & Emergency segment, engineering and development activities include the design and production of customized equipment to meet the specific needs and applications of our customers. In the Commercial segment, the design and functionality of our buses and specialty equipment is constantly updated to improve passenger safety, functionality, access and comfort. In the Recreation segment, overall design, floorplan layout, functionality and amenities require frequent updating to address changes in consumer preferences and to enhance our existing product offerings.

R&D costs are expensed as incurred and included as part of operating expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations. The Company’s R&D costs include only those incurred for the design of a new vehicle platform that is made commercially available to a broad portion of our end markets. Our R&D expenses do not include the costs to design and develop

15


Table of Contents

 

specific customized products to individual customers or end users. These costs are included as normal production costs associated with the sale of the specific product for which they were incurred. R&D costs totaled $6.5 million, $4.2 million and $4.8 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

 

Suppliers and Materials

In fiscal year 2018, we purchased $1.6 billion of chassis, direct materials and other components from outside suppliers. The largest component of these purchases was for vehicle chassis, representing 33% of the total purchase amount. These chassis are sourced from major automotive manufacturers, including Ford, Freightliner, General Motors, and other original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”). These OEMs provide us with standardized, mass-produced chassis models, which we then convert for our customers under approved “authorized converter” agreements with the OEMs. We have tailored our products and processes to the specifications of these OEM agreements and have built customer expectations and planning around these designs. Therefore, we are reliant on a consistent supply of chassis and the maintenance of our status as “approved converters” in order to maintain our sales.

We also purchase and utilize other materials in our production processes including: steel and aluminum in our apparatus and passenger compartment manufacturing, engines and drivetrain (transmissions, axles) components for our manufactured chassis in the transit bus, RV, fire apparatus and terminal truck businesses, lighting packages for our emergency and school bus products and HVAC systems and parts, seats and seatbelts, doors, lifts, electrical switches and components, hydraulic components and miscellaneous hardware. We also purchase materials that contain or are composed of certain raw or base materials such as paint, fiberglass parts and chassis body components, wood and wood parts, brass and certain other petroleum-based resins such as plastic.

We utilize a centralized sourcing model that includes a dedicated team of procurement professionals to complement our segment sourcing teams so that we can coordinate and leverage our purchases across a diverse supplier base. Our centralized sourcing model leverages our growing scale within our markets to achieve competitive pricing and ensure availability. Furthermore, we have historically integrated our acquired companies into our centralized sourcing model to lower their costs. We do not typically enter into sourcing arrangements that are more than 18 to 24 months in duration and we do not undertake defined purchase agreements requiring fixed commitments or “take or pay” requirements with our vendors.

We strive to maintain strong and collaborative relationships with our suppliers and believe that the sources for these inputs are well-established, generally available on world markets and are in sufficient quantity, other than chassis, such that we would expect to avoid disruption to our businesses if we encountered an interruption from one of our key suppliers.

Intellectual Property

Patents and other proprietary rights are important to our business and can provide us with a competitive advantage. We also rely on trade secrets, design and manufacturing know-how, continuing technological innovations and licensing opportunities to maintain and improve our competitive position. We periodically review third-party proprietary rights, including patents and patent applications, in an effort to avoid infringement on third-party proprietary rights and protect our own, identify licensing or partnership opportunities and monitor the intellectual property claims of others.

We own a portfolio of intellectual property, including approximately 45 patents, confidential technical information and technological expertise in manufacturing specialty vehicles. We also own approximately 396 registered trademarks in the United States for certain trade names and important products. Due to the markets in which we operate, we believe that our trade names are the most valuable component of our intellectual property. We believe that our intellectual property rights, confidentiality procedures and contractual provisions are adequate for our business and have an active program to maintain these rights. Our well-respected and widely recognized proprietary trade names include: E-ONE, KME, Ferrara, Wheeled Coach, AEV, HEV, LEV, Marque, McCoy Miller, Eldorado, Champion, Collins, Goshen Coach, ENC, World Trans, Capacity, Lay-Mor, Revability, Fleetwood RV, Monaco, American Coach, Holiday Rambler, Renegade and Midwest.

While we consider our patents and trademarks to be valued assets, we do not believe that our competitive position is dependent primarily on our patents or trademarks or that our operations are dependent upon any single patent or group of related patents to manufacture our products. We nevertheless face intellectual property-related risks. For more information on these risks, see “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Intellectual property risks may adversely affect our business and may dilute our competitive advantage.”

16


Table of Contents

 

Environmental, Health and Safety Laws and Regulations

We are subject to a wide range of federal, state, local and foreign general and industry-specific environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those relating to water discharges, air emissions, the generation, storage, handling, use, release, disposal and transportation of hazardous materials and wastes, environmental cleanup, the health and safety of our employees and the fuel economy and emissions of the vehicles we manufacture. Certain of our operations require environmental, health and safety permits or other approvals from governmental authorities, and certain of these permits and approvals are subject to expiration, denial, revocation or modification under various circumstances. Compliance with these laws, regulations, permits and approvals is a significant factor in our business. From time to time, we incur significant capital and operating expenditures to achieve and maintain compliance with applicable environmental, health and safety laws, regulations, permits and approvals. Our failure to comply with applicable environmental, health and safety laws and regulations or permit or approval requirements could result in substantial liabilities or civil or criminal fines or penalties or enforcement actions, including regulatory or judicial orders enjoining or curtailing operations or requiring remedial or corrective measures, installation of pollution control equipment or other actions, as well as business disruptions, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

In addition, we may be responsible under environmental laws and regulations for the investigation, remediation and monitoring, as well as associated costs, expenses and third-party damages, including tort liability and natural resource damages, relating to past or present releases of hazardous substances on or from our properties or the properties of our predecessor companies, or third-party sites to which we or our predecessor companies have sent hazardous waste for disposal or treatment. Liability under these laws may be imposed without regard to fault and may be joint and several. For example, in April 2012, we received a request for information from the EPA regarding the contamination of soil and groundwater at the San Fernando Valley Area 2 Superfund Site (the “San Fernando Site”). This site is regional in scale, encompasses large portions of the Los Angeles area, and potentially involves many persons (known as “potentially responsible parties” or “PRPs”). The EPA has overseen investigative and remedial activities at the San Fernando Site for many years. Historically, the agency has focused on volatile organic compound (“VOC”) contamination. More recently, the EPA identified chromium as a contaminant of concern at the San Fernando Site, and we believe that it was in that connection that the EPA sent us a request for information regarding whether a prior owner or operator of a facility located within the boundary of the San Fernando Site is a predecessor company to us (although we do not currently operate a facility in such area). The precise nature and extent of VOC and chromium contamination at the San Fernando Site, the nature and cost of any remedial actions that the EPA may require in connection with such contamination, the number and identity of PRPs that might share in responsibility for the VOC and chromium contamination, and whether the Company will become involved as a PRP are not known at this time. If we were to become involved as a PRP at the San Fernando Site, we could be compelled to contribute to the cost of investigations and remediation at the site. We are unable to estimate the potential impact of this liability at this time, and our ability to collect on our insurance policies for remediation costs or damages in connection with any claims relating to the San Fernando Site is unknown at this time. This liability would be allocated among us and other PRPs that are solvent. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business—Our operations and the industries in which we operate are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and we may face significant costs or liabilities associated with environmental, health and safety matters.”

Competition

The markets in which we participate are highly competitive. We compete with both divisions of large, diversified companies as well as private and public companies which are pure play participants in one of our product markets. Several of our competitors may have more financial resources than us but we have also been increasing the scope and scale of the products we produce and the markets we serve. We believe that through this growth we are developing a relatively scaled business across all three of our segments, which creates a competitive advantage against a large portion of our competition and makes us more relevant compared to our larger competitors. We believe that we have been able to effectively compete on the basis of product quality and reliability, total cost of ownership, breadth of product offerings, manufacturing capability and flexibility, client-specific customization, price, technical capability, product innovation, customer service and delivery times. We also believe that we are improving our competitive position by expanding our parts and service business model through our development of our aftermarket service centers, which we refer to as Regional Technical Centers, and establishment of dedicated parts warehouses. The combination of our products, aftermarket support and large installed base of vehicles provides us with a competitive advantage across our end markets.

In the Fire & Emergency segment, our competition includes Pierce Manufacturing (Oshkosh Corp.), Rosenbauer International, Spartan Motors, Inc., Braun Industries, Inc., Demers Ambulance, FWD Seagrave and Life Line Emergency Vehicles, among others. In the Commercial segment, our competition includes Starcraft Bus (Forest River), Thomas Bus (Daimler), Blue Bird Corporation, Gillig, Nova Bus (Volvo), Navistar International, Inc., BraunAbility, Vantage Mobility International (VMI), TICO, Kalmar (Cargotec) and New Flyer Industries, Inc., among others. In the Recreation segment, our competition includes Thor Industries, Inc., Winnebago Industries, Inc., Forest River, Tiffin Motorhomes, Inc. and Newmar Corporation, among others.

17


Table of Contents

 

Employees

As of October 31, 2018, we had approximately 7,600 employees. Our employees are not currently represented by a labor union or collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.

Corporate Information

REV Group, Inc. is a corporation organized under the laws of the state of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 111 East Kilbourn Avenue, Suite 2600, Milwaukee, Wisconsin 53202. Our telephone number at that address is (414) 290-0190. We make our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports available through our website, as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. Our website address is www.revgroup.com. The information on, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and you should not rely on any such information in making the decision whether to purchase shares of our common stock.

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Investing in shares of our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties described below together with all of the other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, prospects, operating results and financial condition could suffer materially, the trading price of shares of our common stock could decline and you could lose all or part of your investment. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us or that we currently believe to be immaterial may also adversely affect our business.

Risks Relating to Our Business

Our business is affected by economic factors and adverse developments in economic conditions which could have an adverse effect on the demand for our products and the results of our operations.

Our business is impacted by the U.S. economic environment, employment levels, consumer confidence, changes in interest rates and instability in securities markets around the world, among other factors. In particular, changes in the U.S. economic climate could result in reduced demand in key end markets. Motorized recreational vehicle (“RV”) purchases are discretionary in nature and therefore sensitive to wholesale and retail financing, consumer confidence, unemployment levels, disposable income and changing levels of consumer home equity. These factors result in RVs being discretionary purchases. The 2008 recession caused consumers to reduce their discretionary spending, which negatively affected our sales volumes for RVs. Terminal truck sales volumes are also impacted by economic conditions and industrial output, as these factors impact our end-market customers for these products, which include shipping ports, trucking/distribution hubs and rail terminal operators. Although RV and terminal truck sales have increased in recent years, these markets are affected by U.S. and global general economic conditions, which create risks that future economic downturns will further reduce consumer demand and negatively impact our sales.

While less economically sensitive than the Recreation segment, our Fire & Emergency and Commercial segments are also impacted by the overall economic environment. Local tax revenues are an important source of funding for fire and emergency response departments. Reduced municipal tax revenues resulting from the 2008 recession led to a decline in these markets. As fire and emergency apparatus and school buses are typically a larger cost item for municipalities and their service life is very long, their purchase is more deferrable. This can result in cyclicality in certain of our end markets, which in turn may result in fluctuations in our sales and results of operations.

In addition, while we estimate that there is significant pent-up replacement demand in certain of our end markets, that estimate has not been independently verified and is based on certain assumptions that may not prove to be accurate. As a result, these estimates could differ materially from actual demand and, to the extent the increase in demand is attributable to pent-up replacement demand rather than overall economic growth, future sales may lag behind improvements in general economic conditions. Furthermore, we cannot be certain as to the timing and extent to which the pent-up replacement demand may be released, as it is inherently uncertain and generally outside our control.

A decrease in employment levels, consumer confidence or the availability of financing, other adverse economic events, or the failure of actual demand for our products to meet our estimates, could negatively affect the demand for our products. Any decline in overall customer demand in markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance.

18


Table of Contents

 

Some of the markets in which we compete are seasonal, which results in fluctuations in sales and results of operations.

We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, significant variability in sales, production and net income as a result of seasonality in our Recreation segment. Since RVs are used primarily by vacationers and campers, demand in the RV industry generally declines during the fall and winter months, while sales and profits are generally highest during the spring and summer months. Dealer demand and buying patterns may impact the timing of shipments from one quarter to another. In addition, severe weather conditions in some geographic areas may delay the timing of shipments from one quarter to another. Consequently, the results for any annual or quarterly prior period may not be indicative of results for any future annual or quarterly period.

Certain of our other products, such as school buses, have also historically been, and are expected to continue to be, seasonal. This seasonality has an impact on the comparability of our quarterly results. Moreover, weak macroeconomic conditions can adversely affect demand for certain of our products and lead to an overall aging of product fleets beyond a typical replacement cycle. During economic downturns that would result in lower demand of our vehicles, we may find it necessary to reduce production line rates and employee headcount. An economic downturn may reduce, and in the past has reduced, demand in all of our segments, resulting in lower sales volumes, lower prices and decreased operating profits or losses. Additionally, our business is subject to seasonal and other fluctuations. In particular, we have historically experienced higher sales during the third quarter and fourth quarter versus the first quarter and second quarter during each fiscal year. This seasonality is caused primarily by school districts ordering more school buses prior to the beginning of a school year, the consumer buying habits for RVs, municipal spending and budget cycles, the impact of travel and construction in the summer months, as well as how certain seasonal months aggregate into our fiscal quarters which are different than calendar quarters. Our ability to meet customer delivery schedules is dependent on a number of factors including, but not limited to, access to components and raw materials, an adequate and capable workforce, assembling/engineering expertise for certain projects and sufficient manufacturing capacity. The availability of these factors may in some cases be subject to conditions outside of our control. A failure to deliver in accordance with our performance obligations may result in financial penalties under certain of our contracts and damage to existing customer relationships, damage to our reputation and a loss of future bidding opportunities, which could cause the loss of future business and could negatively impact our financial performance.

A disruption, termination or alteration of the supply of vehicle chassis or other critical components from third-party suppliers could materially adversely affect the sales of our products.

Our sales and our manufacturing processes depend on the supply of manufactured vehicle chassis and other critical components such as engines, transmissions and axles from major auto manufacturers and other original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), including Allison Transmission, Chrysler, Cummins, Ford, Freightliner, General Motors, Navistar and Volvo, among others. For the standardized, mass-produced chassis models, we convert the chassis for our customers under approved “authorized converter” agreements with the OEMs. We have tailored our products and processes to the specifications of these OEM agreements and have built customer expectations and planning around these designs. We are therefore reliant on a consistent supply of chassis and the maintenance of our status as “approved converters” in order to maintain our sales. If these manufacturers experience production delays, we may receive a lower allocation of chassis than anticipated, or if the quality or design of their chassis changes, or if these manufacturers implement recalls, we could incur significant costs or disruptions to our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our net sales, financial condition, profitability and/or cash flows. At various times, we may carry increased inventory to protect against these concerns, which may negatively impact our results of operations. We purchase a significant amount of components from domestic suppliers. To the extent tariffs increase the price of imported products, the industry may move more component orders to domestic suppliers, which could strain the capacity of our suppliers, putting the normal, uninterrupted supply of components at risk. Additionally, certain important components that we use in our vehicles, such as engines and transmissions, are produced by a limited number of qualified suppliers or we may have a single supplier sourcing a specific component, and any disruption in their supply of such components to us would have a negative impact on our business.

Volatility in the financial markets generally, and in the truck and automotive sectors in particular, could impact the financial viability of certain of our key third-party suppliers, or could cause them to exit certain business lines, or change the terms on which they are willing to provide products. During the 2008-2010 automotive industry crisis, many vehicle manufacturers, including Ford and General Motors, idled factories and reduced their output of vehicle chassis. During 2018, many of our vehicle manufacturers encountered production issues and delivery delays due to factors which included a vendor factory fire and indirect impacts from the implementation of tariffs. A recurrence of either of these events or another similar development could lead to difficulties in meeting our customers’ demands and reduce our overall sales volume. Further, any changes in quality or design, capacity limitations, shortages of raw materials or other problems could result in shortages or delays in the supply of vehicle chassis or components to us. Our business, operating results and financial condition could suffer if our suppliers reduce output or introduce new chassis models that are unpopular with our customers or are incompatible with our current product designs or production process.

19


Table of Contents

 

We face intense competition in our markets, which may harm our financial performance and growth prospects.

We operate in a highly competitive environment in each of the markets we serve and we face competition in each of our product segments from numerous competitors. We compete principally on the basis of client-specific customization, product quality and reliability, breadth of product offering, manufacturing capability and flexibility, technical capability, product innovation, customer service, after-sales support, delivery times and price. Certain of our competitors are smaller companies which may have lower operating costs and greater operational flexibility, and may have focus on regional markets where they have competitive advantages of proximity and relationships with local municipalities or other regional customers. Other of our competitors are large, well-established companies with capacity, financial and other resources that may be in excess of ours. Additionally, companies that are not currently competitors but that are involved in the specialty vehicle market (such as a supplier) or that operate in an adjacent market (such as a producer of mainstream cars and trucks) could choose to enter the specialty vehicle market.

Our profitability is sensitive to changes in the balance between supply and demand in the specialty vehicle market. Competitors having lower operating costs than we do will have a competitive advantage over us with respect to products that are particularly price-sensitive. New manufacturing facilities may be built or idle production lines may be activated. Additionally, imbalances in the regional supply and demand for our products could result in increased competition in the markets in which we compete.

We may also face competition from companies developing zero-emissions specialty vehicles or other technologies to minimize emissions. Competition from these companies could make our specialty vehicles less desirable in the market place.

As a result of the foregoing factors, we may lose customers or be forced to reduce prices, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

If we are unable to successfully identify and integrate acquisitions, our results of operations could be adversely affected.

Acquisitions have been and are likely to continue to be a significant component of our growth strategy. From time to time we seek to identify and complete acquisitions. Our historical acquisitions include KME in April 2016, Renegade in December 2016, Ferrara and Midwest in April 2017, AutoAbility in September 2017 and Lance Camper in January 2018. We may continue making strategic acquisitions in the future. Our previous or future acquisitions may not be successful or may not generate the financial benefits that we expected we would achieve at the time of acquisition. In addition, there can be no assurance that we will be able to locate suitable acquisition candidates in the future or acquire them on acceptable terms or, because of competition in the marketplace and limitations imposed by the agreements governing our indebtedness or the availability of capital, that we will be able to finance future acquisitions. Acquisitions involve special risks, including, without limitation, the potential assumption of unanticipated liabilities and contingencies, difficulty in assimilating the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses, disruption of our existing business, dissipation of our limited management resources and impairment of relationships with employees and customers of the acquired business as a result of changes in ownership. While we believe that strategic acquisitions can improve our competitiveness and profitability, these activities could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

We may incur significant costs such as transaction fees, professional service fees and other costs related to future acquisitions. We may also incur integration costs following the completion of any such acquisitions as we integrate the acquired business with the rest of our Company. Although we expect that the realization of efficiencies related to the integration of any acquired businesses will offset the incremental transaction and acquisition-related costs over time, this net financial benefit may not be achieved in the near term, or at all.

If we are required to write down goodwill or other intangible assets, our financial condition and operating results would be negatively affected.

We have a substantial amount of goodwill and other finite and indefinite-lived intangible assets on our balance sheet as a result of acquisitions we have completed. If we determine goodwill and other intangible assets are impaired, we will be required to write down all or a portion of these assets. Any write-downs would have a negative effect on our results of operations.

The method to compute the amount of impairment incorporates quantitative data and qualitative criteria including new information and highly subjective judgments that can dramatically change the determination of the valuation of goodwill and an intangible asset in a very short period of time. These determinations are sensitive to minor changes in underlying assumptions as management’s assumptions change with more information becoming available. The timing and amount of realized losses reported in earnings could vary if management’s conclusions were different. Any resulting impairment loss could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period.

20


Table of Contents

 

Divestitures could negatively impact our business and retained liabilities from businesses that we sell could adversely affect our financial results.

As part of our portfolio management process, we review our operations for businesses which may no longer be aligned with our strategic initiatives and long-term objectives. We continue to review our portfolio and may pursue additional divestitures. Divestitures pose risks and challenges that could negatively impact our business, including disputes with buyers or potential impairment charges. For example, when we decide to sell a business, we may be unable to do so on satisfactory terms and within our anticipated time-frame, and even after reaching a definitive agreement to sell a business, the sale may be subject to satisfaction of pre-closing conditions, which may not be satisfied, as well as regulatory and governmental approvals, which may prevent us from completing a transaction on acceptable terms. During the current year, we recognized charges related to divestitures of $35.6 million (see Note 6, "Divestiture Activities" for further discussion on divestiture activities and related charges).

If we do not realize the expected benefits of any divestiture transaction, our consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be negatively impacted.

Our business has meaningful working capital requirements and a decline in operating results or access to financing may have an adverse impact on our liquidity position.

Our business has meaningful working capital requirements. We had $420.6 million of long-term debt outstanding as of October 31, 2018. Our ability to make required payments of principal and interest on our debt will depend on our future performance, which, to a certain extent, is subject to general economic, financial, competitive, political and other factors, some of which are beyond our control. Accordingly, conditions could arise that could limit our ability to generate sufficient cash flows or access borrowings to enable us to fund our liquidity needs, which could further limit our financial flexibility or impair our ability to obtain alternative financing sufficient to repay our debt at maturity.

Our access to debt financing at competitive risk-based interest rates is partly a function of our credit ratings. A downgrade to our credit ratings could increase our interest rates, could limit our access to public debt markets, could limit the institutions willing to provide us credit facilities, and could make any future credit facilities or credit facility amendments more costly and/or difficult to obtain.

We believe that our cash on hand, together with funds generated by our operations and borrowings under our existing credit facilities, will provide us with sufficient liquidity and capital resources to meet our working capital, capital expenditures and other operating needs for the foreseeable future. Significant assumptions underlie this belief however, including, among other things, assumptions relating to future sales volumes, the successful implementation of our business strategies, the continuing availability of trade credit from certain key suppliers and that there will be no material adverse developments in our competitive market position, business, liquidity or capital requirements. Any failure to achieve earnings expectations may have an adverse impact on our available liquidity. As a result, we cannot assure you that we will continue to have sufficient liquidity to meet our operating needs. In the event that we do not have sufficient liquidity, we may be required to seek additional capital, reduce or cut back our operating activities, capital expenditures or otherwise alter our business strategy. If we obtain additional capital by issuing equity, the interests of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we incur additional debt, the agreements governing that debt may contain significant financial and other covenants that may materially restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that we could obtain refinancing or additional financing on favorable terms or at all.

We have meaningful contingent obligations, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

We have meaningful contingent liabilities with respect to certain items that, if realized, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results. In particular, we obtain certain vehicle chassis from automobile manufacturers under converter pool agreements. Upon being put into production, we become obligated to pay the manufacturer for the chassis. Chassis are typically converted and delivered to customers within 90 to 120 days of receipt. If the chassis are not converted within this timeframe of delivery, we generally purchase the chassis and record it as inventory or we are obligated to begin paying an interest charge on this inventory until purchased. Additionally, we have entered into repurchase agreements with certain lending institutions and are party to multiple agreements whereby we guarantee indebtedness of others, including losses under loss pool agreements. While we do not expect to experience material losses under these agreements, we cannot provide any assurance that these contingent liabilities will not be realized. See Note 17 to our 2018 audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional discussion of these contingent liabilities.

21


Table of Contents

 

Our April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan Agreement contain, and agreements governing future indebtedness may contain, restrictive covenants that may impair our ability to access sufficient capital and operate our business.

Our April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan Agreement contain various provisions that limit our ability (subject to a number of exceptions) to, among other things:

 

incur additional indebtedness;

 

incur certain liens;

 

consolidate or merge with other parties;

 

alter the business conducted by us and our subsidiaries;

 

make investments, loans, advances, guarantees and acquisitions;

 

sell, lease or transfer assets, including capital stock of our subsidiaries;

 

enter into certain sale and leaseback transactions;

 

pay dividends on capital stock or issue, redeem, repurchase or retire capital stock;

 

repay any subordinated indebtedness we may issue in the future;

 

agree in other documents to negative pledges that limit our ability to grant liens;

 

amend the terms of certain unsecured or subordinated debt;

 

engage in transactions with affiliates; and

 

enter into agreements restricting our subsidiaries’ ability to pay dividends.

In addition, the restrictive covenants in our April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan Agreement require us to maintain specified financial ratios and other business or financial conditions. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan” and “Description of Certain Indebtedness.” Our ability to comply with those financial ratios or other covenants may be affected by events beyond our control, and our failure to comply with these ratios or other covenants could result in an event of default. These covenants may affect our ability to operate and finance our business as we deem appropriate. Our inability to meet obligations as they become due or to comply with various financial covenants contained in the instruments governing our current or future indebtedness could constitute an event of default under the instruments governing our indebtedness. If there were an event of default under our April 2017 ABL Facility, Term Loan Agreement or any future instruments governing our indebtedness, the holders of the affected indebtedness could declare all of the affected indebtedness immediately due and payable, which, in turn, could cause the acceleration of the maturity of all of our other indebtedness. We may not have sufficient funds available, or we may not have access to sufficient capital from other sources, to repay any accelerated debt. Even if we could obtain additional financing, the terms of the financing may not be favorable to us. In addition, substantially all of our assets are subject to liens securing our April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan. If amounts outstanding under our April 2017 ABL Facility or Term Loan were accelerated, our lenders could foreclose on these liens and we could lose substantially all of our assets. Any event of default under the instruments governing our indebtedness could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Increases in the price of commodities could impact the cost or price of our products, which could impact our ability to sustain and grow earnings.

Our manufacturing processes consume significant amounts of raw materials, the costs of which are subject to worldwide supply and demand factors, as well as other factors beyond our control. Raw material price fluctuations may adversely affect our results. We purchase, directly and indirectly through component purchases, significant amounts of aluminum, steel, plastics and other resins, brass and fiberglass products as well as other commodity-sensitive raw materials annually. In particular, in past years, steel and aluminum prices have experienced volatility which has been unforeseen and unexpected. Further, recent tariffs enacted by the U.S. government could increase the price of components imported from international suppliers, and lift prices of certain commodities generally regardless of origin. Although we at times purchase steel, aluminum and other raw materials up to 24 months in advance in order to provide certainty regarding portions of our pricing and supply, for the majority of our raw material purchases we do not typically enter into any fixed-price contracts and may not be able to accurately anticipate future raw material prices for those inputs. Commodity pricing has fluctuated significantly over the past few years and may continue to do so in the future. Such fluctuations could have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows and impact the comparability of our results between financial periods.

22


Table of Contents

 

Our international operations are subject to exchange rate fluctuations and other risks relating to doing business internationally.

Although the amount of our sales and costs denominated in foreign currencies is not currently significant, we may increase our international operations in the future, which would increase our exposure to risks of doing business internationally, including fluctuations in foreign currencies, changes in the economic strength of the countries in which we do business, difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations and intellectual property rights, burdens of complying with a wide variety of international and U.S. export and import laws and social, political and economic instability, including in China and other countries as a result of our joint venture with China’s Chery Holding Group, under which we intend to sell specialty vehicles in China and internationally through Chery’s existing distribution network. In particular, changes in currency values could also impact the level of foreign competition in our domestic market as international products become more or less costly due to the relationship of the U.S. Dollar to other currencies. Currency exchange rates have fluctuated significantly over the past few years and may continue to do so in the future. Such fluctuations could have a material effect on our results of operations, financial position and cash flows and impact the comparability of our results between financial periods.

A failure of a key information technology system or a breach of our information security could adversely impact our ability to conduct business.

We rely extensively on information technology systems in order to conduct business, including some that are managed by third-party service providers. These systems include, but are not limited to, programs and processes relating to internal and external communications, ordering and managing materials from suppliers, converting materials to finished products, shipping products to customers, processing transactions, summarizing and reporting results of operations, and complying with regulatory, legal or tax requirements. These information technology systems could be damaged or cease to function properly due to the poor performance or failure of third-party service providers, catastrophic events, power outages, network outages, failed upgrades or other similar events. If our business continuity plans do not effectively resolve such issues on a timely basis, we may suffer interruptions in conducting our business which may adversely impact our operating results.

Periodically, we also need to upgrade our information technology systems or adopt new technologies. We have halted the implementation of a company-wide enterprise resource planning system and are assessing different options to better meet our information technology needs. If such a new system or technology does not function properly or otherwise exposes us to increased cybersecurity breaches and failures, or if such a system is not implemented effectively, it could affect our ability to report accurate, timely and consistent financial results; our ability to purchase raw material from and pay our suppliers; and/or our ability to deliver products to customers on a timely basis and to collect our receivables from them.

Further, if the information technology systems, networks or service providers we rely upon fail to function properly or cause operational outages or aberrations, or if we or one of our third-party providers suffer significant unavailability of key operations, or inadvertent disclosure of, lack of integrity of, or loss of our sensitive business or stakeholder information, due to any number of causes, ranging from catastrophic events or power outages to improper data handling, security incidents or employee error or malfeasance, and our business continuity plans do not effectively address these failures on a timely basis, we may be exposed to reputational, competitive, operational, financial and business harm as well as litigation and regulatory action. The costs and operational consequences of responding to the above items and implementing remediation measures could be significant and could adversely impact our results.

23


Table of Contents

 

Further, our systems and networks, as well as those of our dealers, customers, suppliers, service providers, and banks, may become the target of advanced cyber-attacks or information security breaches which will pose a risk to the security of our services, systems, networks and supply chain, as well as to the confidentiality, availability and integrity of data of our Company, employees, customers or consumers, as well as disrupt our operations or damage our facilities or those of third parties. We assess potential threats and vulnerabilities and make investments seeking to address them, including ongoing monitoring and updating of networks and systems, increasing specialized information security skills, deploying employee security training, and updating security policies for our company and our third-party providers. However, because the techniques, tools and tactics used in cyber-attacks frequently change and may be difficult to detect for periods of time, we may face difficulties in anticipating and implementing adequate preventative measures or fully mitigating harms after such an attack. As a result, a cyber-attack could negatively impact our net sales and increase our operating and capital costs. In addition, our employees frequently access our suppliers' and customers' systems and we may be liable if our employees are the source of any breaches in these third-party systems. It could also damage our reputation with retailer customers and consumers and diminish the strength and reputation of our brands or require us to pay monetary penalties.

Our business depends on the performance of dealers and disruptions within our dealer network could have a negative effect on our business.

We rely to a significant extent on our independent dealer networks to sell our products to end customers. We estimate that we distribute approximately 73% of our products through a system of independent, authorized dealers, many of whom sell products from competing manufacturers. Our business is therefore affected by our ability to establish new relationships and maintain relationships with existing dealers. The geographic coverage of our dealers and their individual business conditions can affect the ability of our dealers to sell our products to customers. In a number of markets, there is a lack of exclusivity with dealers, which may decrease our bargaining leverage. In addition, recent consolidation of dealers, as well as the growth of larger, multi-location dealers, may result in increased bargaining power on the part of dealers, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our dealer agreements are typically for a multi-year term; however, the dealer can typically cancel the agreement for convenience without penalty upon 90 days’ notice. We can provide no assurance that we will be able to renew our dealer agreements on favorable terms, or at all, at their scheduled expiration dates. Some of our dealer agreements include guarantees, which could have a negative impact on the financial performance of our Company if we are required to fulfill them. In addition, laws in many of the states in which we operate make it difficult for us to terminate dealer agreements, which may make it difficult for us to optimize our dealer network. No dealer or customer represented more than 5% of our annual revenue for fiscal year 2018, but there may continue to be consolidation and changes in the dealership landscape over time. If we are unable to renew a contract with one or more of our significant dealers or re-negotiate an agreement under more advantageous terms, our sales and results of operations could be adversely affected.

Our business is affected by the availability and terms of financing to dealers and retail purchasers.

Our business is affected by the availability and terms of financing to dealers and retail purchasers. Many of our dealers finance their purchases of inventory with financing provided by lending institutions. A decrease in the availability of financing, more restrictive lending practices or an increase in the cost of such wholesale financing can prevent dealers from carrying adequate levels of inventory, which limits product offerings available to the end customer and could lead to reduced sales of our products. A small number of financial institutions provide the majority of our dealers’ total financed vehicles outstanding in a floor plan financing program at any point in time. Substantial increases in interest rates and decreases in the general availability of credit have in the past had an adverse impact upon our business and results of operations and may do so again in the future. Further, a decrease in availability of consumer credit resulting from unfavorable economic conditions, or an increase in the cost of consumer credit, may cause consumers to reduce discretionary spending which could, in turn, reduce demand for our products and negatively affect our sales and profitability.

In addition, early in fiscal year 2016 we began assisting dealers and retail customers with arranging their financing with third parties for purchases of our products. Although we currently assume mostly off-balance sheet financing risk and receive only a minimal arrangement fee, we could be materially adversely affected in the future if third-party financiers were unable to provide this financing to our customers and our dealers were unable to obtain alternate financing, at least until our customers were able to find a replacement financing source. Third-party financiers face a number of business, economic and financial risks that could impair their access to capital and negatively affect their ability to provide financing solutions for our dealers and customers. Because third-party financiers serve as an additional source of financing options for dealers and customers, an impairment of their ability to provide such financial services could negatively affect our future sales and therefore our profitability and financial condition.

24


Table of Contents

 

Our ability to execute our strategy is dependent upon our ability to attract, train and retain qualified personnel including our ability to retain and attract senior management and key employees, and our ability to address workforce issues.

Our continued success depends, in part, on our ability to identify, attract, motivate, train and retain qualified personnel in key functions and geographic areas, including the members of our senior management team. In particular, we are dependent on our ability to identify, attract, motivate, train and retain qualified engineers and skilled labor with the requisite education, background and industry experience to assist in the development, enhancement, introduction and manufacture of our products and technology solutions.

Failure to attract, train and retain qualified personnel, whether as a result of an insufficient number of qualified local residents or the allocation of inadequate resources to training, integration and retention, could impair our ability to execute our business strategy and could have an adverse effect on our business prospects. Our success also depends to a large extent upon our ability to attract and retain key executives. These employees have extensive experience in our markets and are familiar with our business, systems and processes. The loss of the services of one or more of these key employees could have an adverse effect, at least in the short to medium term, on significant aspects of our business, including the ability to manage our business effectively and the successful execution of our strategies. If certain of these employees decide to leave us, we could incur disruptions to the completion of certain initiatives and we could incur significant costs in hiring, training, developing and retaining their replacements.

We cannot be assured that our relations with our workforce will remain positive. From time to time, union organizers actively work to organize employees at some of our facilities. If union representation is implemented at such sites and we are unable to agree with the union on reasonable employment terms, including wages, benefits, and work rules, we could experience a significant disruption of our operations and incur higher ongoing labor costs. Further, if a location does experience organizing activity, our management and other personnel need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to managing such activity.

We may discover defects in our vehicles potentially resulting in delaying new model launches, recall campaigns or increased warranty costs.

Meeting or exceeding many government-mandated safety standards is costly and often technologically challenging, especially where one or more government-mandated standards may conflict. Government safety standards require manufacturers to remedy defects related to motor vehicle safety through safety recall campaigns, and a manufacturer is obligated to recall vehicles if it determines that they do not comply with relevant safety standards. Should we or government safety regulators determine that a safety or other defect or noncompliance exists with respect to certain of our vehicles, there could be a delay in the launch of a new model, recalls of existing models or a significant increase in warranty claims, the costs of which could be substantial. Additionally, the vehicles we manufacture for sale are subject to strict contractually established specifications using complex manufacturing processes. If we fail to meet the contractual requirements for a vehicle or a part, we may be subject to warranty costs to repair or replace the part itself and additional costs related to the investigation and inspection of non-complying parts. These potential warranty and repair and replacement costs are generally not covered by our insurance. We establish warranty reserves that represent our estimate of the costs we expect to incur to fulfill our warranty obligations. We base our estimate for warranty reserves on our historical experience and other related assumptions. If actual results materially differ from these estimates, our results of operations could be materially affected.

In addition, we may not be able to enforce warranties and extended warranties received or purchased from our suppliers if such suppliers refuse to honor such warranties or go out of business. Also, a customer may choose to pursue remedies directly under its contract with us over enforcing such supplier warranties. In such a case, we may not be able to recover our losses from the supplier.

Cancellations, reductions or delays in customer orders, customer breaches of purchase agreements, or reduction in expected backlog may adversely affect our results of operations.

We provide products to our customers for which we are customarily not paid in advance. We rely on the creditworthiness of our customers to collect on our receivables from them in a timely manner after we have billed for products previously provided. While we generally provide products pursuant to a written contract which determines the terms and conditions of payment to us by our customers, occasionally customers may dispute an invoice and delay, contest or not pay our receivable. Further, in connection with dealers’ wholesale floor-plan vehicle financing programs, we enter into repurchase agreements with certain lending institutions, customary in the industries in which we operate, which may require us to repurchase previously sold vehicles. Although our exposure under these agreements is limited by the expected resale value of the inventory we may repurchase, we may receive less than anticipated on such resale and would collect payment on such resale later than originally expected. Our failure to collect our receivables or to resell and collect on repurchased vehicles on a timely basis could adversely affect our cash flows and results of

25


Table of Contents

 

operations and, in certain cases, could cause us to fail to comply with the financial covenants under our April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan Agreement or other outstanding debt.

We typically have backlog due to the nature of our production and sales process, and our financial results are affected if any backlog is deferred or canceled. Backlog represents the amount of sales that we expect to derive from signed contracts, including purchase orders and oral contracts that have been subsequently memorialized in writing. When a binding sale contract has been signed with a customer, the purchase price of the vehicle is included in backlog until it is completed, shipped and the revenue is recognized. When we sign a contract giving a potential purchaser an option to purchase a vehicle which only becomes binding on a non-refundable payment or a subsequent firm purchase order, we do not include the purchase price of the vehicle in backlog until the non-refundable payment has been made or the subsequent purchase order is formalized and the contract is a binding purchase contract. A customer may default on a purchase contract that has become binding, and we may not be able to convert sales contract backlog into sales. As a result, our estimates of backlog for some of our contracts could be affected by variables beyond our control and may not be entirely realized, if at all. In addition, given the nature of our customers and our markets, there is a risk that some amount of our backlog may not be fully realized in the future. Failure to realize sales from our existing or future backlog would negatively impact our financial results.

From time to time, we enter into large, multi-year contracts with federal and local government bodies. Due to the size of the contracts, there are often stringent approval processes that must be completed before the contract is finalized. As a result, until these contracts are finalized, there can be no assurance regarding the timing of our commencing work on any such contract, or the ultimate revenue that we may recognize under any such contract.

In addition, as a result of firm purchase orders from our customers, we enter into agreements to produce and sell vehicles at a specified price with certain adjustments for changes and options based upon our estimation of the cost to produce and the timing of delivery. Due to the nature of these product cost estimates and the fluctuations in input costs and availability, we may underestimate the costs of production and therefore overestimate the profitability in our backlog. As a result, the actual profitability on those sales in the future may differ materially from our initial estimates when we recorded the firm purchase order in backlog.

Our business is subject to numerous laws and regulations.

We are subject to numerous federal, state and local regulations governing the manufacture and sale of our products, including the provisions of the National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act (“NTMVSA”) and the safety standards for vehicles and components which have been promulgated under the NTMVSA by the Department of Transportation. The NTMVSA authorizes the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration to require a manufacturer to recall and repair vehicles which contain certain hazards or defects. Sales into foreign countries may be subject to similar regulations. School buses are also subject to heightened safety standards in many jurisdictions. Any recalls of our vehicles, voluntary or involuntary, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation and our business and operating results.

In addition, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims if the use of our products results, or is alleged to result, in personal injury and/or property damage. If we manufacture, or are alleged to have manufactured, a defective product or if component failures result in damages, we may experience material product liability losses in the future. In addition, we may incur significant costs to defend product liability claims. We are also subject to potential recalls of our products to cure manufacturing defects or in the event of a failure to comply with customers’ order specifications or applicable regulatory standards, and may have to conduct recalls of our products due to defects in components or parts manufactured by suppliers which we purchase and incorporate into our products. We may also be required to remedy or retrofit vehicles in the event that an order is not built to a customer’s specifications or where a design error has been made. The cost and impact to our reputation of significant retrofit and remediation events or product recalls could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results.

Lastly, we are subject to federal and numerous state consumer protection and unfair trade practice laws and regulations relating to the sale, transportation and marketing of motor vehicles, including so-called “lemon laws.” In addition, certain laws and regulations affect other areas of our operations, including, labor, advertising, consumer protection, real estate, promotions, quality of services, intellectual property, tax, import and export duties, tariffs, anti-corruption and anti-competitive conduct. Compliance with these laws and others may be onerous and costly, at times, and may vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction which further complicates compliance efforts. Violations of these laws and regulations could lead to significant penalties, including restraints on our export or import privileges, monetary fines, criminal proceedings and regulatory or other actions that could materially adversely affect our results of operations. We have instituted various and comprehensive policies and procedures designed to ensure compliance. However, we cannot assure you that employees, contractors, vendors or our agents will not violate such laws and regulations or our policies and procedures.

26


Table of Contents

 

Unforeseen or recurring operational problems at any of our facilities, or a catastrophic loss of one of our key manufacturing facilities, may cause significant lost production and adversely affect our results of operations.

Our manufacturing process could be affected by operational problems that could impair our production capability. Many of our manufacturing facilities contain high cost and sophisticated machines that are used in our manufacturing process. Disruptions or shut downs at any of our facilities could be caused by:

 

maintenance outages to conduct maintenance activities that cannot be performed safely during operations;

 

prolonged power failures or reductions;

 

breakdown, failure or substandard performance of any of our machines or other equipment;

 

noncompliance with, and liabilities related to, environmental requirements or permits;

 

disruptions in the transportation infrastructure, including railroad tracks, bridges, tunnels or roads;

 

fires, floods, earthquakes, tornadoes, hurricanes, microbursts or other catastrophic disasters, national emergencies, political unrest, war or terrorist activities; or

 

other operational problems.

If some of our facilities are shut down, they may experience prolonged startup periods, regardless of the reason for the shutdown. Those startup periods could range from several days to several weeks or longer, depending on the reason for the shutdown and other factors. Any prolonged disruption in operations at any of our facilities could cause a significant loss of production and adversely affect our results of operations and negatively impact our customers and dealers. Further, a catastrophic event could result in the loss of the use of all or a portion of one of our manufacturing facilities. Although we carry property and business interruption insurance, our coverage may not be adequate to compensate us for all losses that may occur. Any of these events individually or in the aggregate could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Federal and local government spending and priorities may change in a manner that materially and adversely affects our future sales and limits our growth prospects.

Our business depends upon continued federal and local government expenditures on certain of our Commercial and Fire & Emergency products. These expenditures have not remained constant over time. Current government spending levels on programs that we support may not be sustainable as a result of changes in government leadership, policies or priorities. A significant portion of our sales are subject to risks specific to doing business with the U.S. government and municipalities, including, but not limited to:

 

budgetary constraints or fluctuations affecting government spending generally, or specific departments or agencies in particular, and changes in fiscal policies or a reduction of available funding;

 

changes in government programs or requirements;

 

realignment of funds to government priorities that we do not serve;

 

government shutdowns (such as those which occurred in 1995-1996 and in 2013) and other potential delays in government appropriations processes;

 

delays in the payment of our invoices by government authorities;

 

adoption of new laws or regulations and our ability to meet specified performance thresholds; and

 

general economic conditions.

These or other factors could cause government agencies and departments to reduce their purchases under contracts, exercise their right to terminate contracts, or not exercise options to renew contracts, any of which could cause us to lose sales. A significant decline in overall government spending or a shift in expenditures away from agencies or programs that we support could cause a material decline in our sales and harm our financial results.

27


Table of Contents

 

Fuel shortages, or high prices for fuel, could have a negative effect on sales of our products.

Gasoline or diesel fuel is required for the operation of most of our vehicles and we cannot assure you that the supply of these petroleum products will continue uninterrupted or that the price of or tax on these petroleum products will not significantly increase. High fuel costs generally drive greater demand for better fuel economy and substantial increases in the price of fuel have had a material adverse effect on the specialty vehicle industry as a whole in the past and could have a material adverse effect on our business in the future. Fluctuations in fuel prices have also historically negatively impacted consumer confidence and increased customer preferences for alternative fuel vehicles, only some of which we produce.

We are exposed to, and may be adversely affected by, interruptions to our computer and information technology systems and sophisticated cyber-attacks.

We rely on our information technology systems and networks in connection with many of our business activities. Some of these networks and systems are managed by third-party service providers and are not under our direct control. Our operations routinely involve receiving, storing, processing and transmitting sensitive information pertaining to our business, customers, dealers, suppliers, employees and other sensitive matters (including wire transfer instructions). As with most companies, we have experienced cyber-attacks, attempts to breach our systems and other similar incidents, none of which have been material. Any future cyber incidents could, however, materially disrupt operational systems; result in loss of trade secrets or other proprietary or competitively sensitive information or money; compromise personally identifiable information regarding customers or employees; and jeopardize the security of our facilities. A cyber incident could be caused by malicious outsiders using sophisticated methods to circumvent firewalls, encryption and other security defenses. Because techniques used to obtain unauthorized access or to sabotage systems change frequently and generally are not recognized until they are launched against a target, we may be unable to anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate preventative measures. Information technology security threats, including security breaches, computer malware and other cyber-attacks are increasing in both frequency and sophistication and could create financial liability, subject us to legal or regulatory sanctions or damage our reputation with customers, dealers, suppliers and other stakeholders. We continuously seek to maintain a robust program of information security and controls, but the impact of a material information technology event could have a material adverse effect on our competitive position, reputation, results of operations, financial condition and cash flows.

Our operations and the industries in which we operate are subject to environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, and we may face significant costs or liabilities associated with environmental, health and safety matters.

Our global operations are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental and workers’ health and safety laws and regulations concerning, among other things, water and air discharges, noise pollution, solid and hazardous waste generation, management and disposal, remediation of releases of hazardous materials, employee health and safety, and engine fuel economy and emissions from the vehicles we manufacture. Environmental, health and safety laws and regulations continue to evolve, and we may become subject to increasingly stringent environmental standards in the future, which could increase costs of compliance or require us to manufacture with alternative technologies and materials. We are required to obtain and maintain environmental, health and safety permits and approvals for our facilities and operations. Our failure to comply with such laws, regulations, permits and approvals could subject us to increased employee healthcare and workers’ compensation costs, liabilities, fines and other penalties or compliance costs, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Environmental remediation laws such as the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act (“CERCLA”) and state analogues impose liability, without regard to fault or to the legality of a party’s conduct, on certain categories of persons (known as “potentially responsible parties” or “PRPs”) who are considered to have contributed to the release of “hazardous substances” into the environment. Although we are not currently incurring material liabilities pursuant to CERCLA or state analogues, in the future we may incur such material liabilities with regard to our (or our predecessors’) current or former facilities, adjacent or nearby third-party facilities, or off-site disposal locations. In particular, in 2012 we received a request from the United States EPA for information regarding the San Fernando Valley Area 2 Superfund Site (the “San Fernando Site”).

The EPA has questioned whether a prior owner and operator of a facility located within the boundary of the San Fernando Site (which is regional in scale and encompasses large portions of the Los Angeles area) is a predecessor to our Company, and whether the operations of the predecessor entity may have caused releases of certain hazardous substances to soil or groundwater. At this stage, the EPA has not asserted any claims against us and has not notified us that we are a PRP at the San Fernando Site. Our ability to collect on insurance policies or remediation costs or damages in connection with any claims relating to the San Fernando Site is unclear at this time. Although we intend to vigorously defend against any such claims, in the event we are found to be a PRP at the San Fernando Site or other sites, the remediation costs and any potential damages (including Natural Resource Damage claims) could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

28


Table of Contents

 

Product compliance laws and regulations impose a variety environmental requirements, including emissions and performance standards, on the vehicles we manufacture. These laws and regulations govern vehicle fuel efficiency, emissions (including greenhouse gas emissions), noise and safety, and are expected to continue to add to the cost of our products and increase the engineering and product development programs of our business. For example, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (“EPA”) began to enforce limits on diesel exhaust emissions from nonroad diesel engines in 1996 and stationary diesel-engine generator sets in 2006. Implemented in a series of steps called Tier levels, these regulations, over time, have introduced successively more stringent limitations on nitrogen oxides (NOx), carbon monoxide (CO), particulate matter (PM) and non-methane hydrocarbons (NMHC). Currently, “Tier 4” regulations promulgated under the Clean Air Act imposed increasingly stringent motor vehicle emissions standards on our diesel exhaust emissions beginning with the 2011 model year. The EPA’s Transition Program for Equipment Manufacturers (“TPEM”) allows a transitional allotment of Tier 3 engines that are exempt from the more stringent Tier 4 regulations through 2017. Specifically, the TPEM program allows manufacturers to delay installing a certain amount of Tier 4-compliant engines as long as manufacturers comply with certain notice, recordkeeping and annual reporting requirements. More stringent emissions standards have been issued by California and certain other states as well. In addition, in August 2011, the EPA and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”) issued rules on GHG emissions and fuel economy for medium and heavy duty vehicles and engines. The emissions standards establish required minimum fuel economy and GHG emissions levels for both engines and vehicles primarily through the increased use of existing technology. The rules, which apply to our engines and vehicles, initially required EPA certification for vehicles and engines to GHG emissions standards in calendar year 2014 and will be fully implemented in model year 2017. In August 2016, the EPA and the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (“NHTSA”) finalized a second phase of GHG emissions reductions to be implemented over time beginning in model year 2021 through model year 2027. These standards, as well as other federal and state emissions standards applicable to the vehicles we manufacture, have and will increase costs of development for engines and vehicles and administrative costs arising from implementation of the standards. These regulatory proposals under consideration or those that are proposed in the future may set standards that are difficult to achieve or adversely affect our results of operations due to increased research, development, and warranty costs.

We are subject to litigation in the ordinary course of business, and uninsured judgments or a rise in insurance premiums may adversely impact our results of operations.

In the ordinary course of business, we are subject to various claims and litigation. Any such claims, whether with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources. Some of our businesses have in the past and may in the future face claims and litigation regarding accidents involving their products, including accidents involving passenger injuries and deaths, and the increasing amount of our vehicles on the road may increase our exposure to such matters. In accordance with customary practice, we maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these potential claims. We may elect not to obtain insurance if we believe that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. The levels of insurance we maintain may not be adequate to fully cover any and all losses or liabilities. Further, we may not be able to maintain insurance at commercially acceptable premium levels or at all.

For product liability claims, we have a self-insured retention (“SIR”) for product liability matters of $1.0 million. Amounts above the SIR, up to a certain dollar amount, are covered by our excess insurance policy. Currently, we maintain excess liability insurance aggregating $100.0 million with outside insurance carriers to minimize our risks related to catastrophic claims in excess of our self-insured positions for product liability and personal injury matters. Any material change in the aforementioned factors could have an adverse impact on our operating results. Any increase in the frequency and size of these claims, as compared to our experience in prior years, may cause the premium that we are required to pay for insurance to increase significantly and may negatively impact future SIR levels. It may also increase the amounts we pay in punitive damages, not all of which are covered by our self-insurance.

If any significant accident, judgment, claim or other event is not fully insured or indemnified against, it could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure that the outcome of all current or future litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

29


Table of Contents

 

Intellectual property risks may adversely affect our business and may dilute our competitive advantage.

Our brands are important assets of our business, and we rely on proprietary intellectual property, including numerous registered trademarks, as well as licensed intellectual property for the manufacture and competitiveness of our products. We monitor and protect against activities that might infringe, dilute or otherwise harm our patents, trademarks and other intellectual property and rely on the enforceability of the patent, trademark and other laws of the United States and other countries. However, we may be unable to prevent third parties from using our intellectual property without our authorization. To the extent we cannot protect our intellectual property, unauthorized use and misuse of our intellectual property could cause significant damage to our brand name and reputation, interfere with our ability to effectively represent our Company to our customers, contractors, suppliers and/or licensees and increase litigation costs, which could harm our competitive position and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. As noted above, we operate in very competitive markets in which we and our competitors are constantly developing and advancing product technology. Inventions by our competitors that are granted legal protection could result in us being unable to provide customers with certain designs or product features, which could harm our competitive position and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be exposed to liabilities under applicable anti-corruption laws and export controls and economic sanctions laws and any determination that we violated these laws could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to various anti-corruption laws that prohibit improper payments or offers of payments to foreign governments and their officials for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business. We have business in countries and regions which are less developed and are generally recognized as having potentially more corrupt business environments. Our activities in these countries create the risk of unauthorized payments or offers of payments by one of our employees or agents that could be in violation of various anti-corruption laws including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) and the U.K. Bribery Act. We have implemented safeguards and policies to discourage these practices by our employees and agents.

However, our existing safeguards and any future improvements may prove to be less than effective and our employees or agents may engage in conduct for which we might be held responsible. If employees violate our policies or we fail to maintain adequate record-keeping and internal accounting practices to accurately record our transactions, we may be subject to regulatory sanctions. In addition, we are subject to export controls and economic sanctions laws and embargoes imposed by the U.S. government. Changes in export control or trade sanctions laws may restrict our business practices, and may result in modifications to compliance programs. Violations of the FCPA, U.K. Bribery Act, other anti-corruption laws, export controls or economic sanctions laws may result in severe criminal or civil sanctions and penalties, and we may be subject to other liabilities which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our expansion plans in markets outside of the United States could entail significant risks.

Our strategies potentially include establishing a greater presence in markets outside of the United States. In addition, we are growing our use of component suppliers in these foreign markets. As we progress with this, these strategies may involve a significant investment of capital and other resources and entail various risks. These include risks attendant to obtaining necessary governmental approvals, identifying foreign agents, dealers and distributors, the construction of facilities in a timely manner and within cost estimates, the establishment of viable supply channels, the commencement of efficient manufacturing operations and, ultimately, the acceptance of the products by our current or prospective customers. We cannot be assured that our expansion plans will be implemented or, if implemented, be successful.

Our risk management policies and procedures may not be fully effective in achieving their purposes.

Our policies, procedures, controls and oversight to monitor and manage our enterprise risks may not be fully effective in achieving their purpose and may leave us exposed to identified or unidentified risks. Past or future misconduct by our employees or vendors could result in our violations of law, regulatory sanctions and/or serious reputational harm or financial harm. We monitor our policies, procedures and controls; however, we cannot assure you that our policies, procedures and controls will be sufficient to prevent all forms of misconduct. We review our compensation policies and practices as part of our risk management program, but it is possible that our compensation policies could incentivize management and other employees to subject us to inappropriate risk or to engage in misconduct. If such inappropriate risks or misconduct occurs, it is possible that it could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and/or our financial condition.

30


Table of Contents

 

AIP is party to the Shareholders Agreement (as defined below) and has significant influence over us, including control over decisions that require the approval of stockholders, which could limit your ability to influence the outcome of matters submitted to stockholders for a vote.

As of December 16, 2018, AIP owned 33,774,310 shares of our common stock, which represents 53.9% of our total outstanding shares of common stock. AIP is also party to an amended and restated shareholders agreement (the “Shareholders Agreement”) that, among other things, imposes certain transfer restrictions on the shares held by such stockholders and requires such stockholders to vote in favor of certain nominees to our Board of Directors. For a discussion of the Shareholders Agreement, see “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Person Transactions, and Director Independence.” As long as these stockholders own or control at least a majority of our outstanding common stock, they will have the ability to exercise substantial control over all corporate actions requiring stockholder approval, irrespective of how our other stockholders may vote, including:

 

the election and removal of directors and the size of our Board of Directors;

 

any amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or amended and restated bylaws; or

 

the approval of mergers and other significant corporate transactions, including a sale of substantially all of our assets.

In addition, pursuant to the Shareholders Agreement, AIP has the following rights so long as it holds at least 15% of the then outstanding common stock:

 

to nominate the greater of five members of our Board of Directors or a majority of directors;

 

to designate the Chairman of our Board of Directors and one member to each of the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee;

 

to approve the commencement of any proceeding for the voluntary dissolution, winding up or bankruptcy of us or any material subsidiary;

 

to approve any non-pro rata reduction to the share capital of us or any material subsidiary, except as required by law;

 

to approve amendments to the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws that would change our name, our jurisdiction of incorporation, the location of our principal executive offices, the purpose or purposes for which we are incorporated or the approval requirements as provided in the Shareholders Agreement;

 

to approve special dividends greater than $10 million;

 

to approve any merger, amalgamation or consolidation of us or the spinoff of a business of ours with assets in excess of 15% of the consolidated assets or revenues of us and our subsidiaries;

 

the sale, conveyance, transfer or other disposition of all or more than 15% of the consolidated assets or revenues of us and our subsidiaries; and

 

any designation to the Board of Directors contrary to the Shareholders Agreement or the amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws.

See “Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence” for more detail.

Lastly, AIP’s interests as an equity holder may not be aligned in all cases with those of other equity investors, or of our lenders as creditors. In addition, AIP may have an interest in pursuing or not pursuing acquisitions, divestitures, financings or other transactions that, in their judgment, could enhance their equity investments, even though such transactions might be contrary to the wishes of other equity investors or involve risks to our lenders. Furthermore, AIP may in the future own businesses that directly or indirectly compete with us. AIP may also pursue acquisition opportunities that may be complementary to our business separately from us and, as a result, those acquisition opportunities may not be available to us.

Recent and future changes to tax laws or exposure to additional tax liabilities may have a negative impact on our operating results.

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”) was signed and enacted into law. The Tax Reform Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, lowering the corporate tax rate, repealing the deduction for domestic production activities, implementing a territorial tax system and placing limitations on the deductibility of business interest expense. In many cases, there is limited guidance with respect to the application of these provision, and it is possible that the application of these provisions or other provisions of the Tax Reform Act could adversely affect our results of operations and cash flows. It is also possible that provisions of the Tax Reform Act could be subsequently amended in a way that is adverse to the Company.

31


Table of Contents

 

In addition, we regularly undergo tax audits in various jurisdictions in which we operate. Although we believe that our income tax provisions and accruals are reasonable and in accordance with GAAP, and that we prepare our tax filings in accordance with all applicable tax laws, the final determination with respect to any tax audits and any related litigation, could be materially different from our historical income tax provisions and accruals. The results of a tax audit or litigation could materially affect our operating results and cash flows in the periods for which that determination is made. In addition, future period net income may be adversely impacted by litigation costs, settlements, penalties and interest assessments.

Changes in customer preferences for our products or our failure to gauge those preferences could lead to reduced sales and additional costs.

Our ability to remain competitive depends heavily on our ability to provide a continuing and timely introduction of innovative product offerings. We cannot be certain that historical customer preferences for our products will remain unchanged. We believe that the introduction of new product features, designs and models will be critical to the future success of our operations as technological advancements are made and alternative fuels are developed. To successfully execute our long-term strategy, we must continue to develop new product lines and adapt our existing product lines to consumer preferences, including product lines that have historically been outside of our core businesses, such as electric vehicles and other specialty vehicles that minimize emissions. The process of designing and developing new technology, products and services is complex, costly, and uncertain and requires extensive capital investment and the ability to retain and recruit talent. For example, many vehicle manufacturers foresee electric vehicle sales becoming an increasingly important to their businesses, and we may not have the expertise to successfully address these competitive pressures on a costly basis or at all. Accordingly, if we do not accurately predict, prepare for and respond to new kinds of technological innovations, market developments and changing customer needs, including with respect to electric vehicles and other technologies that minimize emissions, competition from these companies could make our specialty vehicles less desirable in the market place. Managing frequent product introductions and transitions poses inherent risks and additional costs. Delays in the introduction or market acceptance of new product features, designs or models could have a material adverse effect on our business. Products may not be accepted for a number of reasons, including changes in customer preferences or our failure to properly gauge customer preferences. Further, we cannot be certain that new product introductions will not reduce sales from existing models and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, we cannot assure you that any of these new product features, designs or models will be introduced to the market in a timely manner or that they will be successful when introduced. Any of the foregoing factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and operating results.

Failure to maintain the strength and value of our brands could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends, in part, on the value and strength of our brands. Our brand names are integral to our business as well as to the implementation of our strategies for expanding our business. Maintaining, enhancing, promoting and positioning our brands, particularly in new markets where we have limited brand recognition, will depend largely on the success of our marketing and merchandising efforts and our ability to provide high-quality services, warranty plans, products and resources and a consistent, high-quality customer experience. Our brands could be adversely affected if we fail to achieve these objectives, if we fail to comply with laws and regulations, if we are subject to publicized litigation or if our public image or reputation were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Some of these risks may be beyond our ability to control, such as the effects of negative publicity regarding our suppliers or third party providers of services or negative publicity related to members of management. Any of these events could hurt our image, resulting in reduced demand for our products and a decrease in net sales. Further, maintaining, enhancing, promoting and positioning our brands’ images may require us to make substantial investments in marketing and employee training, which could adversely affect our cash flow and which may ultimately be unsuccessful. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to maintain effective internal controls in accordance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

We are required to make an annual assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 of the Sarbanes Oxley Act. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires annual management assessments of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, and generally requires in the same report a report by our independent registered public accounting firm on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. To comply with the requirements of being a public company, we undertake various actions, such as implementing new internal controls and procedures and hiring accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business.

32


Table of Contents

 

Our independent registered public accounting firm is required to formally attest to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting. Our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse, in the event it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating. If we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting, our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report as required by Section 404, or we are required to restate our financial statements, we may fail to meet our public reporting obligations and investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our stock.

We are party to two consolidated putative securities class actions, as well as other litigation in the ordinary course of business, and uninsured judgments or a rise in insurance premiums may adversely impact our results of operations.

A consolidated federal putative securities class action and a consolidated state putative securities class action are pending against us and certain of our officers and directors, each on behalf of a putative class of purchasers of our common stock in or traceable to the Company’s January 2017 IPO and of purchasers in our secondary offering of common stock in October 2017, as well as, for the federal action, purchasers from October 10, 2017 through June 7, 2018. The federal and state courts each consolidated multiple separate actions pending before them. The actions allege certain violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and, for the federal action, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. See “Item 1. Legal Proceedings.”

We are also subject to various claims and litigation in the ordinary course of business. Any such claims, whether with or without merit, could be time consuming and expensive to defend and could divert management’s attention and resources. Some of our businesses have in the past and may in the future face claims and litigation regarding accidents involving their products, including accidents involving passenger injuries and deaths, and the increasing amount of our vehicles on the road may increase our exposure to such matters. In accordance with customary practice, we maintain insurance against some, but not all, of these potential claims. We may elect not to obtain insurance if we believe that the cost of available insurance is excessive relative to the risks presented. The levels of insurance we maintain may not be adequate to fully cover any and all losses or liabilities. Further, we may not be able to maintain insurance at commercially acceptable premium levels or at all.

For product liability claims, we have a self-insured retention (“SIR”) for product liability matters of $1.0 million. Amounts above the SIR, up to a certain dollar amount, are covered by our excess insurance policy. Currently, we maintain excess liability insurance aggregating $100.0 million with outside insurance carriers to minimize our risks related to catastrophic claims in excess of our self-insured positions for product liability and personal injury matters. Any material change in the aforementioned factors could have an adverse impact on our operating results. Any increase in the frequency and size of these claims, as compared to our experience in prior years, may cause the premium that we are required to pay for insurance to increase significantly and may negatively impact future SIR levels. It may also increase the amounts we pay in punitive damages, not all of which are covered by our self-insurance.

If there is an unfavorable outcome from the securities class actions described above, or if any significant accident, judgment, claim or other event is not fully insured or indemnified against, then in either case that could have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We cannot assure that the outcome of all current or future litigation will not have a material adverse impact on our business and results of operations.

Risks Relating to Our Common Stock

Provisions of our corporate governance documents could make an acquisition of our Company more difficult and may prevent attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management or directors, even if beneficial to our stockholders.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws may discourage, delay or prevent a merger, acquisition or other change in control of our Company that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which you might otherwise receive a premium for your shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our common stock, thereby depressing the market price of our common stock. In addition, these provisions may frustrate or prevent any attempts by our stockholders to replace or remove our current management or directors by making it more difficult for stockholders to replace members of our Board of Directors. Because our Board of Directors is responsible for appointing the members of our management team, these provisions could in turn affect any attempt to replace current members of our management team.

33


Table of Contents

 

We are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the New York Stock Exchange rules and, as a result, qualify for, and are relying on, exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

The parties to the Shareholders Agreement control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we are a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Under these rules, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements that, within one year of the date of the listing of our common stock:

 

we have a board that is composed of a majority of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of such exchange;

 

we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors; and

 

we have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors.

We are utilizing these exemptions. As a result, we do not have a majority of independent directors on our Board of Directors. In addition, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee do not consist entirely of independent directors or be subject to annual performance evaluations. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange.

An active, liquid trading market for our common stock may cease to exist, which may limit your ability to sell your shares.

Although our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “REVG,” an active trading market for our shares may not be sustained. A public trading market having the desirable characteristics of depth, liquidity and orderliness depends upon the existence of willing buyers and sellers at any given time, such existence being dependent upon the individual decisions of buyers and sellers over which neither we nor any market maker has control. The failure of an active and liquid trading market to develop and continue would likely have a material adverse effect on the value of our common stock. An inactive market may also impair our ability to raise capital to continue to fund operations by selling shares and may impair our ability to acquire other companies or technologies by using our shares as consideration.

Market volatility may affect our stock price and the value of your investment.

The market price of our common stock may change in response to fluctuations in our operating results in future periods and may also change in response to other factors, many of which are beyond our control. As a result, our share price may experience significant volatility and may not necessarily reflect the value of our expected performance. Among other factors that could affect our stock price are:

 

market conditions in the broader stock market;

 

actual or anticipated fluctuations in our quarterly financial and operating results;

 

introduction of new products or services by us or our competitors;

 

issuance of new or changed securities analysts’ reports or recommendations;

 

sales, or anticipated sales, of large blocks of our stock;

 

additions or departures of key personnel;

 

legal, regulatory or political developments;

 

litigation and governmental investigations;

 

the size of our public float;

 

market and industry perception of our success, or lack thereof, in pursuing our growth strategy;

 

changing economic conditions; and

 

exchange rate fluctuations.

34


Table of Contents

 

As noted above, we are currently defending securities class action litigation. If the market price of our common stock is volatile in the future, we may be subject to additional securities class action litigation. In that case, we could incur substantial incremental costs defending against such litigation. Such litigation could also further divert the time and attention of our management from our business, which could significantly harm our profitability and reputation.

A significant portion of our total outstanding shares are restricted from immediate resale but may be sold into the market in the near future. This could cause the market price of our common stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.

Sales of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of our common stock. As of December 16, 2018, we had approximately 63 million shares of common stock outstanding. The 25,875,000 shares of common stock that were sold publicly in the secondary offering completed in October and in our IPO may be resold in the public market at any time (other than shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers or affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act). We also registered all shares of common stock that we may issue under our equity compensation plans, which means these shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our stock could decline if the holders of currently restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. Lastly, an entity controlled by AIP has entered into a loan agreement pursuant to which it pledged 19.5 million shares of our common stock to secure a margin loan, under which it may draw up to approximately $36 million. If the AIP-controlled entity were to default on its obligations under the loan and not timely post additional collateral, the lender would have the right to sell shares to satisfy the AIP-controlled entity’s obligation. Such an event could cause our stock price to decline.

We cannot assure you that we will continue to declare dividends or have sufficient funds to pay dividends on our common stock.

Although we intend to continue to pay a quarterly dividend on shares of our common stock, to the extent that we have sufficient funds available for such purpose, the declaration, amount and payment of any future dividends on shares of common stock will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and we may reduce or discontinue entirely the payment of such dividends at any time. Our Board of Directors may take into account general and economic conditions, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current and anticipated cash needs, capital requirements, contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions and implications on the payment of dividends by us to our stockholders or by our subsidiaries to us, and such other factors as our Board of Directors may deem relevant. In addition, our ability to pay dividends is, and may be, limited by covenants of existing and any future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur, including under the April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan Agreement. Moreover, because we are a holding company, our ability to pay dividends is dependent upon the financial results and cash flow of our operating subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of cash to us in the form of dividends or otherwise, which may further restrict our ability to pay dividends as a result of the laws of their jurisdiction of organization, agreements of our subsidiaries or covenants under any existing and future outstanding indebtedness we or our subsidiaries incur. Furthermore, Delaware law requires that our Board of Directors determine that we have adequate surplus prior to the declaration of dividends. While we do not currently believe that these restrictions will impair our ability to pay regular quarterly cash dividends, there can be no assurance that we will not need to reduce or eliminate the payment of dividends on our common stock in the future. Therefore, any return on investment in our common stock may be solely dependent upon the appreciation of the price of our common stock on the open market, which may not occur. See “Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities—Dividend Policy” for more detail.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price and trading volume could decline. In addition, if securities or industry analysts publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our shares has been and will continue to be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of these analysts cease coverage of our Company or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets and demand for our stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock or make sell recommendations, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.

35


Table of Contents

 

We will continue to incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management has been required to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to public company requirements.

As a public company, we will continue to incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. For example, we are required to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules and regulations subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, including the establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Compliance with these requirements has increased our legal and financial compliance costs and is making some activities more time-consuming and costly. For example, the Exchange Act requires us, among other things, to file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. In addition, our management and other personnel need to divert attention from operational and other business matters to devote substantial time to these public company requirements. In particular, we expect to continue to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. In that regard, we currently have no internal audit function, and we rely partially on a third party accounting firm to act in such a capacity. We may need to continue to hire additional accounting and financial staff with appropriate public company experience and technical accounting knowledge. We also expect that operating as a public company will make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. As a result, it may be more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified people to serve on our Board of Directors, our Board committees or as executive officers.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

36


Table of Contents

 

Item 2. Properties.

We maintain corporate office space in Milwaukee, Wisconsin. The locations of the RTCs and manufacturing properties that we currently own or lease are listed below. We believe that our facilities are suitable and adequate for the purposes for which they are used and are adequately maintained.

 

RTCs & Aftermarket

 

Approximate

Square Feet

 

Segment

 

Owned or

Leased

Coburg, Oregon

 

 

36,000

 

Recreation

 

Leased

Riverside, California

 

 

18,000

 

Fire & Emergency

 

Owned

Decatur, Indiana

 

 

90,000

 

Recreation

 

Owned

Dallas, Texas

 

 

50,000

 

Fire & Emergency and Commercial

 

Leased

Alvarado, Texas

 

 

35,000

 

Recreation

 

Owned

Fort Lauderdale, Florida

 

 

19,000

 

Fire & Emergency

 

Leased

Ocala, Florida

 

 

63,000

 

Fire & Emergency

 

Owned

Rockaway, New Jersey

 

 

5,000

 

Fire & Emergency

 

Leased

Latham, New York

 

 

14,000

 

Fire & Emergency

 

Leased

Little Ferry, New Jersey

 

 

22,000

 

Fire & Emergency

 

Leased

Sparks, Nevada

 

 

48,000

 

All (aftermarket parts)

 

Leased

San Francisco, California

 

 

3,000

 

Fire & Emergency

 

Leased

Total

 

 

403,000

 

 

 

 

 

Manufacturing Facility Locations

 

Approximate

Square Feet

 

Brand(s) Produced

 

Owned or

Leased

Columbus, Ohio

 

 

173,000

 

Horton Emergency Vehicles

 

Owned/
Leased

Clarkston & Davisburg, MI

 

 

48,000

 

Revability

 

Leased

Decatur, Indiana

 

 

1,155,000

 

Fleetwood RV, American Coach, Monaco, Holiday Rambler

 

Owned

Decatur, Indiana

 

 

260,000

 

Goldshield

 

Owned

Hamburg, New York

 

 

87,000

 

E-ONE

 

Leased

Imlay City, Michigan

 

 

186,000

 

Champion Bus, Federal, Goshen Coach

 

Owned

Jefferson, North Carolina

 

 

336,000

 

American Emergency Vehicles

 

Owned

Longview, Texas

 

 

154,000

 

Capacity of Texas and Lay-Mor

 

Owned

South ElMonte, California

 

 

33,000

 

Leader Emergency Vehicles

 

Leased

Nesquehoning, Pennsylvania

 

 

577,000

 

KME

 

Owned

Ocala, Florida

 

 

390,000

 

E-ONE

 

Owned

Riverside, California

 

 

227,000

 

ENC

 

Owned

Roanoke, Virginia

 

 

60,000

 

KME

 

Owned

Salina, Kansas

 

 

252,000

 

ElDorado National, Krystal, Goshen Coach

 

Owned

South Hutchinson, Kansas

 

 

267,000

 

Collins Bus, World Trans

 

Owned

Winter Park, Florida

 

 

222,000

 

Wheeled Coach, Road Rescue, McCoy Miller, Frontline, Marque

 

Owned

Holden, Louisiana

 

 

232,000

 

Ferrara Fire Apparatus

 

Owned

Elkhart, Indiana

 

 

92,000

 

Midwest Automotive Division

 

Leased

Bristol, Indiana

 

 

200,000

 

Renegade RV

 

Leased

Sorocaba, Brazil

 

 

130,000

 

REV Fire and Emergency Vehicles

 

Leased

Lancaster, California

 

 

220,000

 

Lance Camper / Avery Transportation

 

Leased

Total

 

 

5,301,000

 

 

 

 

 

37


Table of Contents

 

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

We are, from time to time, party to various legal proceedings arising out of our ordinary course of business. The amount of alleged liability, if any, from these proceedings cannot be determined with certainty; however, we believe that our ultimate liability, if any, arising from pending legal proceedings, as well as from asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims, which are probable of assertion, taking into account established accruals for estimated liabilities, should not be material to our business, financial condition or results of operations.

A consolidated federal putative securities class action in the Central District of California and a consolidated state putative securities class action in the Eastern District of Wisconsin are pending against us and certain of our officers and directors, each on behalf of a putative class of purchasers of our common stock in or traceable to the Company’s January 2017 IPO and of purchasers in our secondary offering of common stock in October 2017, as well as, for the federal action, purchasers from October 10, 2017 through June 7, 2018. The actions also name certain of the underwriters for the Company’s IPO or secondary offering as defendants. The federal and state courts each consolidated multiple separate actions pending before them, the first of which was filed on June 8, 2018. The actions allege certain violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and, for the federal action, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Collectively, the actions seek certification of the putative classes asserted and compensatory damages and attorneys’ fees and costs. The underwriter defendants have notified us of their intent to seek indemnification from us pursuant to the IPO underwriting agreement in regard to the claims asserted with respect to the IPO, and we expect the underwriters to do the same in regard to the claims asserted with respect to the October 2017 offering. We and the other defendants intend to continue defending these lawsuits vigorously. Additional lawsuits may be filed and, at this time, we are unable to predict the outcome of the lawsuits, the possible loss or range of loss, if any, associated with the resolution of the lawsuits, or any potential effect that it may have on us or our operations.

We are subject to certain other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the final results of all such other matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters and claims will not have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Actual results could vary, among other things, due to the uncertainties involved in litigation.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

38


Table of Contents

 

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Our shares of common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on January 27, 2017, under the trading symbol “REVG.” Prior to this listing, no public market existed for our common stock.

 

As of December 16, 2018, there were approximately 53 holders of record of our shares of common stock. The actual number of shareholders is greater than this number of record holders and includes shareholders who are beneficial owners but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of holders of record also does not include shareholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.

Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds.

Common Stock Repurchases

The following table sets forth information with respect to purchases of common stock made by the Company during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2018 (in millions, except share and per share amounts):

 

Period

 

Total Number of

Shares Purchased

 

 

Average Price

Paid Per Share

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Programs

 

 

Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program (1)

 

August 1 - August 31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

4.5

 

September 1 - September 30

 

 

203,838

 

 

$

15.50

 

 

 

203,838

 

 

$

51.3

 

October 1 - October 31

 

 

315,000

 

 

$

14.61

 

 

 

315,000

 

 

$

46.7

 

Total

 

 

518,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

518,838

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

On March 20, 2018 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized up to $50.0 million of repurchases of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock with an expiration date of March 19, 2020. The Company’s share repurchase program is executed from time to time through open market or through private transactions. Shares purchased under the share repurchase program are retired and returned to authorized and unissued status. On September 5, 2018 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $50.0 million of repurchases of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock with an expiration date of September 4, 2020.

Dividend Policy

Subject to legally available funds and the discretion of our board of directors, we expect to continue to pay a quarterly cash dividend at the rate of $0.05 per share on our common stock. We expect to pay this quarterly dividend on or about the last day of the first month following each fiscal quarter to shareholders of record on the last day of such fiscal quarter. Based on our current dividend rate of $0.05 per share, and assuming we have approximately 64 million shares of our common stock outstanding, this would result in an aggregate annual cash dividend amount of approximately $12.8 million. Our dividend policy has certain risks and limitations, particularly with respect to liquidity, and we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all. We cannot assure you that we will declare dividends or have sufficient funds to pay dividends on our common stock in the future. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Common Stock—We cannot assure you that we will continue to declare dividends or have sufficient funds to pay dividends on our common stock.”


39


Table of Contents

 

Stock Performance Graph

The following graph compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock between January 27, 2017 and October 31, 2018, based on the market price of our common stock and assumes reinvestment of dividends, with the cumulative total return of companies in the S&P 500, Russell 2000 and S&P Small Cap 600.

“Other Peers” represents an equally-weighted index comprised of OSK, BLBD, SPAR, & FSS.

“RV Peers” represents an equally-weighted index comprised of THO and WGO.

40


Table of Contents

 

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

The following table sets forth summary historical consolidated financial data for the periods presented and at the dates indicated below. Historical results are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for future periods. The summary historical consolidated data presented below should be read in conjunction with the sections entitled “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the financial statements and the related notes and other financial data appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

(in millions except per share data)

 

October 31,

2018(a)

 

 

October 31,

2017(b)

 

 

October 29,

2016(c)

 

 

October 31,

2015

 

 

October 31,

2014

 

Net sales

 

$

2,381.3

 

 

$

2,267.8

 

 

$

1,926.0

 

 

$

1,735.1

 

 

$

1,721.1

 

Gross profit

 

 

278.0

 

 

 

294.6

 

 

 

229.9

 

 

 

182.0

 

 

 

163.2

 

Operating income

 

 

27.8

 

 

 

82.7

 

 

 

72.4

 

 

 

62.1

 

 

 

31.0

 

Net income

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

31.4

 

 

 

30.2

 

 

 

22.9

 

 

 

1.5

 

Income per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.52

 

 

$

0.59

 

 

$

0.43

 

 

$

0.03

 

Diluted

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.50

 

 

$

0.58

 

 

$

0.43

 

 

$

0.03

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

(a)

In fiscal year 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Lance.

Additionally, a non-cash impairment charge of $35.6 million was recorded as of October 31, 2018, that relates to both the assets held for sale and other assets that management intends to monetize or are otherwise impaired which include the Company’s rental fleet, inventory from discontinued product lines and certain information system assets. Refer to Note 6, "Divestiture Activities," to the Company’s 2018 audited consolidated financial statements.

(b)

In fiscal year 2017, the Company completed the acquisitions of Renegade, Midwest and Ferrara.

(c)

In fiscal year 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of KME.

 

 

As of

 

(in millions)

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

 

October 31,

2015

 

 

October 31,

2014

 

Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

11.9

 

 

$

17.8

 

 

$

10.8

 

 

$

5.0

 

 

$

12.5

 

Inventories, net

 

 

514.0

 

 

 

452.4

 

 

 

325.6

 

 

 

247.0

 

 

 

244.2

 

Total assets

 

 

1,408.1

 

 

 

1,254.4

 

 

 

889.0

 

 

 

695.8

 

 

 

705.7

 

Total liabilities

 

$

875.7

 

 

$

681.9

 

 

$

628.8

 

 

$

455.9

 

 

$

487.2

 

 

41


Table of Contents

 

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

You should read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and the related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Some of the information contained in this discussion and analysis or set forth elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, including information with respect to our plans and strategy for our business and related financing, includes forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. You should read the “Cautionary Statement About Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors” sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis.

This discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the accompanying audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

REV is a leading designer, manufacturer and distributor of specialty vehicles and related aftermarket parts and services. We provide customized vehicle solutions for applications including: essential needs (ambulances, fire apparatus, school buses, mobility vans and municipal transit buses), industrial and commercial (terminal trucks, cut-away buses and street sweepers) and consumer leisure (recreational vehicles “RVs” and luxury buses). Our brand portfolio consists of 30 well-established principal vehicle brands including many of the most recognizable names within our served markets. Several of our brands pioneered their specialty vehicle product categories and date back more than 50 years. We believe that in most of our markets, we hold the first or second market share position and approximately 61% of our net sales during fiscal year 2018 came from products where we believe we hold such share positions.

Segments

We serve a diversified customer base primarily in the United States through the following segments:

Fire & Emergency – The Fire & Emergency segment sells fire apparatus equipment under the Emergency One, Kovatch Mobile Equipment and Ferrara brands and ambulances under the American Emergency Vehicles, Horton Emergency Vehicles, Leader Emergency Vehicles, Marque, McCoy Miller, Road Rescue, Wheeled Coach and Frontline brands. We believe we are the largest manufacturer by unit volume of fire and emergency vehicles in the United States and have one of the industry’s broadest portfolios of products including Type I ambulances (aluminum body mounted on a heavy truck-style chassis), Type II ambulances (van conversion ambulance typically favored for non-emergency patient transportation), Type III ambulances (aluminum body mounted on a van-style chassis), pumpers (fire apparatus on a custom or commercial chassis with a water pump and small tank to extinguish fires), ladder trucks (fire apparatus with stainless steel or aluminum ladders), tanker trucks and rescue and other vehicles. Each of our individual brands is distinctly positioned and targets certain price and feature points in the market such that dealers often carry and customers often buy more than one REV Fire & Emergency product line.

Commercial – Our Commercial segment serves the bus market through the following principal brands: Collins Bus, Goshen Coach, ENC, ElDorado National, Krystal Coach, Federal Coach, Champion and World Trans. In addition, we have a joint venture partnership with Daimler to distribute and service Setra branded motor coaches to customers in the United States. We serve the terminal truck market through the Capacity brand, the sweeper market through the Lay-Mor brand and the mobility van market through our Revability brand. We are a leading producer of small- and medium-sized buses, Type A school buses, transit buses, terminal trucks and street sweepers in the United States. Our products in the Commercial segment include cut-away buses (customized body built on various types and sizes of commercial chassis), transit buses (large municipal buses where we build our own chassis and body), luxury buses (bus-style limo or high-end luxury conversions), street sweepers (three- and four-wheel versions used in road construction activities), terminal trucks (specialized vehicle which moves freight in warehouses or intermodal yards and ports), Type A school buses (small school bus built on commercial chassis), and mobility vans (mini-van converted to be utilized by wheelchair passengers). Within each market segment, we produce a large number of customized configurations to address the diverse needs of our customers.

42


Table of Contents

 

Recreation – Our Recreation segment serves the RV market through seven principal brands: American Coach, Fleetwood RV, Monaco Coach, Holiday Rambler, Renegade, Midwest and Lance. We believe our brand portfolio contains some of the longest standing, most recognized brands in the RV industry. Under these seven brands, REV provides a variety of highly recognized motorized and towable RV models such as: American Eagle, Signature, Marquis, Bounder, Pace Arrow, Verona, Weekender and Lance, among others. Our products in the Recreation segment include Class A motorized RVs (motorhomes built on a heavy duty chassis with either diesel or gas engine configurations), Class C and “Super C” motorized RVs (motorhomes built on a commercial truck or van chassis), a line of heavy-duty special application trailers, and, as a result of the acquisition of Midwest, Class B RVs (motorhomes built out on a van chassis), and towable travel trailers and truck campers. The Recreation segment also includes Goldshield Fiberglass, which produces a wide range of custom molded fiberglass products for the RV and broader industrial markets. In January 2018, we acquired Lance, a producer of truck campers, towable campers and toy haulers.

Factors Affecting Our Performance

The primary factors affecting our results of operations include:

General Economic Conditions

Our business is impacted by the U.S. economic environment, employment levels, consumer confidence, municipal spending, changes in interest rates and instability in securities markets around the world, among other factors. In particular, changes in the U.S. economic climate can impact demand in key end markets. In addition, changes such as tariffs can have a dramatic effect on the availability, lead-times and costs associated with raw materials and parts.

RV purchases are discretionary in nature and therefore sensitive to the availability of financing, consumer confidence, unemployment levels, levels of disposable income and changing levels of consumer home equity, among other factors. The 2008 recession caused consumers to reduce their discretionary spending, which negatively affected sales volumes for RVs. Although RV and terminal truck sales have increased in recent years, these markets are affected by general U.S. and global economic conditions, which create risks that future economic downturns will further reduce consumer demand and negatively impact our sales.

While less economically sensitive than the Recreation segment, our Fire & Emergency segment and the Commercial segment are also impacted by the overall economic environment. Local tax revenues are an important source of funding for fire and emergency response departments. As fire and emergency products and buses are typically a larger cost item for municipalities and their service life is relatively long, their purchase is more deferrable, which can result in reduced demand for our products.

A decrease in employment levels, consumer confidence or the availability of financing, or other adverse economic events, or the failure of actual demand for our products to meet our estimates, could negatively affect the demand for our products. Any decline in overall customer demand in markets in which we operate could have a material adverse effect on our operating performance.

Impact of Acquisitions

For the past several years, a significant component of our growth has been the addition of businesses or business units through acquisitions. We typically incur upfront costs as we integrate acquired businesses and implement our operating philosophy at newly acquired companies, including consolidation of supplies and materials, changes to production processes at acquired facilities to implement manufacturing improvements and other restructuring initiatives. The benefits of these integration efforts may not positively impact our financial results until subsequent periods. Operational and financial integration of our recently acquired businesses could be ongoing.

In accordance with GAAP, we recognize acquired assets and liabilities at fair value. This includes the recognition of identified intangible assets and goodwill which, in the case of definite-life intangible assets, are then amortized over their expected useful lives, which typically results in an increase in amortization expense. In addition, assets acquired and liabilities assumed generally include tangible assets, as well as contingent assets and liabilities.

43


Table of Contents

 

Results of Operations

The following table compares results for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

(in millions except per share data)

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Net sales

 

$

2,381.3

 

 

$

2,267.8

 

 

$

1,926.0

 

Gross profit

 

 

278.0

 

 

 

294.6

 

 

 

229.9

 

Operating income

 

 

27.8

 

 

 

82.7

 

 

 

72.4

 

Net income

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

31.4

 

 

 

30.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per share of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.52

 

 

$

0.59

 

Diluted

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.50

 

 

$

0.58

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

148.0

 

 

$

162.5

 

 

$

122.8

 

Adjusted Net Income

 

$

72.7

 

 

$

75.8

 

 

$

53.1

 

 

Net Sales. Consolidated net sales were $2,381.3 million, $2,267.8 million and $1,926.0 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, an increase of $113.5 million, or 5.0% from fiscal year 2017, and $341.8 million, or 17.7%, from fiscal year 2016. The increase in consolidated net sales for fiscal year 2018 compared to fiscal year 2017 was primarily due to an increase in net sales of $152.1 million and $18.4 million in the Recreation and Commercial segments, respectively, offset by a decrease in net sales of $27.4 million in the Fire & Emergency segment. The increase in net sales in the Recreation segment was primarily due to net sales from the acquisition of Lance as well as higher unit sales volumes in all classes of RVs except Class A. The increase in Commercial segment net sales was primarily due to increases in sales of shuttle bus units, parts sales and mobility vans partially offset by lower school and transit bus unit volume compared to the prior year period. The decrease in Fire & Emergency segment net sales was due to decreases in sales of certain fire apparatus caused by labor inefficiencies and decreases in sales of ambulance units caused by chassis supply disruption which impacted the timing of shipments. Excluding net sales from acquired companies, net sales for fiscal year 2018 decreased 3.7% compared to the prior year.

The increase in consolidated net sales for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was primarily due to an increase in net sales of $215.9 million and $181.7 million in the Fire & Emergency and Recreation segments, respectively, offset by a decrease in net sales of $58.9 million in the Commercial segment. The increase in Fire & Emergency segment net sales were due to $151.9 million of incremental net sales from acquired companies, higher ambulance and fire apparatus unit volumes, and higher average selling prices for both fire trucks and ambulances. The increase in net sales in the Recreation segment was primarily due to higher unit sales volumes of Class A and Class C vehicles, and $112.6 million of incremental net sales from acquired companies. The decrease in Commercial segment net sales was primarily due to lower shuttle bus unit volume compared to the prior year. Excluding net sales from acquired companies, net sales in fiscal year 2017 increased $76.3 million or 4.0% compared to the prior year.

Gross Profit. Consolidated gross profit was $278.0 million, $294.6 million and $229.9 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, a decrease of $16.6 million, or 5.6% from fiscal year 2017, and an increase of $64.7 million, or 28.1%, from fiscal year 2016. Consolidated gross profit, as a percentage of net sales, was 11.7%, 13.0% and 11.9% for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The 130 basis points decrease in gross profit for fiscal year 2018 compared to fiscal year 2017, was due to overall increases in material costs resulting directly and indirectly from tariffs, an increase in labor and overhead costs resulting from labor inefficiencies at certain of our plants in the fire division, an increase in labor and overhead costs resulting from chassis supply disruption and a product mix shift in ambulance toward lower content Type II units, product mix shift from higher content transit buses to lower margin shuttle buses and mobility vans.

The 110 basis points increase in gross profit for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016, was due to the combination of higher consolidated net sales and lower gross profit described above, as well as higher aftermarket parts sales volume in fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016.

44


Table of Contents

 

Operating Income. Consolidated operating income was $27.8 million, $82.7 million and $72.4 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, a decrease of $54.9 million, or 66.4% from fiscal year 2017, and an increase of $10.3 million, or 14.2% from fiscal year 2016. The decrease for fiscal year 2018 was primarily due to the decrease in gross profit and non-cash impairment charges of $35.6 million associated with divestitures of certain underperforming assets and the decreases in gross profit described above.

The increase in operating income for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was due an increase in net sales and a decrease in cost of sales, as a percentage of net sales.

Net Income. Consolidated net income was $13.0 million, $31.4 million and $30.2 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, a decrease of $18.4 million, or 58.6% from fiscal year 2017, and an increase of $1.2 million, or 4.0% from fiscal year 2016. Net income decreased compared to fiscal year 2017 primarily due to the decrease in operating income, partially offset by tax benefits recorded due to a decrease in the U.S. tax rate and revaluation of net deferred tax liabilities, both as a result of tax legislation in the United States.

Consolidated net income for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was essentially unchanged.

Adjusted EBITDA. Consolidated Adjusted EBITDA was $148.0 million, $162.5 million and $122.8 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, a decrease of $14.5 million, or 8.9% from fiscal year 2017, and an increase of $39.7 million, or 32.3%, from fiscal year 2016. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2018 compared to fiscal year 2017 was due to lower Adjusted EBITDA in the Fire & Emergency and Commercial segments, offset by higher Adjusted EBITDA in the Recreation segment. Excluding acquisitions, consolidated Adjusted EBITDA decreased 23.7% for fiscal year 2018 compared to fiscal year 2017.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was primarily due to an increase in gross profit, resulting from higher net sales, lower manufacturing costs and the impact of acquisitions. Excluding acquisitions, consolidated Adjusted EBITDA increased 19.1% for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016.

Adjusted Net Income. Consolidated Adjusted Net Income was $72.7 million, $75.8 million and $53.1 million in fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Fire & Emergency Segment

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Net sales

 

$

956.6

 

 

$

984.0

 

 

$

768.1

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

86.0

 

 

 

109.5

 

 

 

85.2

 

Adjusted EBITDA % of net sales

 

 

9.0

%

 

 

11.1

%

 

 

11.1

%

 

Net Sales. Fire & Emergency segment net sales were $956.6 million, $984.0 million and $768.1 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, a decrease of $27.4 million, or 2.8% from fiscal year 2017, and an increase of $215.9 million, or 28.1% from fiscal year 2016. The decrease in Fire & Emergency segment net sales compared to fiscal year 2017 was due to decreases in sales of certain fire apparatus caused by labor inefficiencies and decreases in sales of ambulance units caused by chassis supply disruption which impacted the timing of shipments. Excluding the impact of the Ferrara acquisition, Fire & Emergency segment net sales decreased 7.6% compared to the prior year.

Net sales of fire apparatus for fiscal year 2017 increased compared to fiscal year 2016 due primarily to sales from acquired companies and increased fire apparatus and ambulance units sold in our legacy businesses. Net sales of ambulance units for fiscal year 2017 increased compared to fiscal year 2016 due to an increased mix of higher content vehicles and an increase in units sold. Excluding the impact of net sales from acquired companies, Fire & Emergency segment net sales increased 8.3% for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016.

Adjusted EBITDA. Fire & Emergency segment Adjusted EBITDA was $86.0 million, $109.5 million and $85.2 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, a decrease of $23.5 million, or 21.5% from fiscal year 2017, and an increase of $24.3 million, or 28.5% from fiscal year 2016. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA compared to fiscal year 2017 was primarily due to an increase in labor and overhead costs resulting from labor inefficiencies in the Fire division, an increase in labor and overhead resulting

45


Table of Contents

 

from chassis supply disruption and a product mix shift in ambulance toward lower content Type II units. Excluding the impact of the Ferrara acquisition, Fire & Emergency segment Adjusted EBITDA decreased 24.4% compared to the prior year.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was primarily due to increased net sales from KME and Ferrara, mix shift toward higher content fire apparatus and modular ambulance vehicles, and operational improvements, including lower material costs and manufacturing cost reductions, and strategic pricing initiatives. These Adjusted EBITDA increases were partially offset by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses from acquired companies. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, Fire & Emergency segment Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2017 increased 21.0% compared to fiscal year 2016.

Commercial Segment

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Net sales

 

$

638.5

 

 

$

620.1

 

 

$

679.0

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

38.1

 

 

 

50.5

 

 

 

53.4

 

Adjusted EBITDA % of net sales

 

 

6.0

%

 

 

8.1

%

 

 

7.9

%

 

Net Sales. Commercial segment net sales were $638.5 million, $620.1 million and $679.0 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, an increase of $18.4 million, or 3.0% from fiscal year 2017, and a decrease of $58.9 million, or 8.7%, from fiscal year 2016. The increase in net sales compared to fiscal year 2017 was primarily due to increases in sales of shuttle bus units, parts sales and mobility vans, partially offset by lower school and transit bus unit volume compared to the prior year.

The decrease in net sales for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was due primarily to a decrease in the number of shuttle and school bus units sold compared to the prior year, partially offset by higher sales of transit buses and terminal trucks compared to the prior year. This was also partially offset by higher average realized pricing compared to the prior year due to sales mix and strategic pricing initiatives. Excluding the impact of net sales from acquired companies, Commercial segment net sales for fiscal year 2017 decreased 8.8% compared to fiscal year 2016.

Adjusted EBITDA. Commercial segment Adjusted EBITDA was $38.1 million, $50.5 million and $53.4 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, a decrease of $12.4 million, or 24.6% from fiscal year 2017, and a decrease of $2.9 million, or 5.4%, from fiscal year 2016. The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA compared to fiscal year 2017 was primarily due to product mix shift from higher content and higher margin transit and school buses to lower margin shuttle buses and mobility vans and, higher material costs partially offset by pricing actions.

The decrease in Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was primarily due to reduced shuttle bus unit volume compared to the prior year, which was offset by lower material costs, increased average realized pricing, and a shift in sales mix toward transit buses and terminal trucks as a percentage of total segment sales. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, Commercial segment Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2017 decreased 4.8% compared to fiscal year 2016.

Recreation Segment

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Net sales

 

$

811.9

 

 

$

659.8

 

 

$

478.1

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

60.4

 

 

 

36.2

 

 

 

11.0

 

Adjusted EBITDA % of net sales

 

 

7.4

%

 

 

5.5

%

 

 

2.3

%

 

Net Sales. Recreation segment net sales were $811.9 million, $659.8 million and $478.1 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, an increase of $152.1 million, or 23.1% from fiscal year 2017, and an increase $181.7 million, or 38.0%, from fiscal year 2016. The increase in net sales compared to fiscal year 2017 was due to the acquisition of Lance as well as higher volumes in all classes of RVs except Class A. Excluding the impact of net sales from acquired companies, Recreation segment net sales increased 0.3% compared to the prior year.

46


Table of Contents

 

The increase in net sales for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was due to an increase in organic unit volume and average selling prices as well as the impact of acquired companies. The increase in organic unit volume was due to an increase in both Class A and Class C units sold for fiscal year 2017 compared to the prior year. The increase in average selling prices was due to an improved mix of sales, compared to the prior year, as well as strategic pricing initiatives. Excluding the impact of net sales from acquired companies, Recreation segment net sales for fiscal year 2017 increased 14.5% compared to fiscal year 2016.

Adjusted EBITDA. Recreation segment Adjusted EBITDA was $60.4 million, $36.2 million and $11.0 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively, an increase of $24.2 million, or 66.9% compared to fiscal year 2017, and an increase of $25.2 million, or 229.1%, from fiscal year 2016. The increase in Adjusted EBITDA was primarily due to impact of the acquisition of Lance and higher profitability in all classes of RVs except Class A. This increase was partially offset by higher purchased material costs and lower Class A sales volumes. Excluding the impact of net sales from acquired companies, Recreation segment Adjusted EBITDA increased 9.1% compared to the prior year.

The increase in Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2017 compared to fiscal year 2016 was primarily due to an increase in gross profit offset partially by an increase in selling, general and administrative expenses. The increase in gross profit was due to higher unit sales volumes, lower cost of materials, lower cost of quality as a percentage of sales, higher average selling prices resulting from product mix, and the impact of acquired companies. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses was due primarily to expenses from acquired companies. Excluding the impact of acquisitions, Recreation segment Adjusted EBITDA for fiscal year 2017 increased 136.7% compared to fiscal year 2016.

Backlog

Backlog represents orders received from dealers or directly from end customers. The following table presents a summary of our backlog by segment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Increase (Decrease)

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

$

 

 

%

 

Fire & Emergency

 

$

707.5

 

 

$

590.3

 

 

$

117.2

 

 

 

19.9

%

Commercial

 

 

381.4

 

 

 

366.4

 

 

 

15.0

 

 

 

4.1

%

Recreation

 

 

290.7

 

 

 

144.8

 

 

 

145.9

 

 

 

100.8

%

Total Backlog

 

$

1,379.6

 

 

$

1,101.5

 

 

$

278.1

 

 

 

25.2

%

 

Each of our three segments has a backlog of new vehicle orders that generally extends out from two to twelve months in duration. Our businesses take orders from our dealers and end customers that are evidenced by a firm purchase order for delivery of one or more specialty vehicles and parts with a given specification and period of time. These firm orders are placed in our backlog and reported at the aggregate selling prices, net of discounts or allowances, at the time the purchase order is received. We do not include verbal commitments or promised orders in our reported backlog. For fiscal year 2018, our backlog was $1,379.6 million compared to $1,101.5 million in fiscal year 2017. The increase in Fire & Emergency backlog was primarily due to units that did not ship due to labor inefficiencies in fiscal year 2018. The increase in Recreation backlog was due partially primarily due to the current year acquisition of Lance. The increase in Commercial backlog was due to a large transit bus order that is expected to begin delivering in early fiscal year 2019.

47


Table of Contents

 

Quarterly Results of Operations (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth selected unaudited quarterly statement of operations data for each of the quarters in fiscal years 2017 and 2018. The information for each of these quarters has been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, in the opinion of management, includes all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary for the fair presentation of the results of operations for these periods in accordance with GAAP. This data should be read in conjunction with our audited financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. These quarterly operating results are not necessarily indicative of our operating results for a full year or any future period.

 

 

 

Quarter Ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

July 31,

2018

 

 

April 30,

2018

 

 

January 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

July 29,

2017

 

 

April 29,

2017

 

 

January 28,

2017

 

Net sales

 

$

659.8

 

 

$

597.7

 

 

$

608.9

 

 

$

514.9

 

 

$

683.9

 

 

$

595.6

 

 

$

545.3

 

 

$

442.9

 

Gross profit

 

 

73.1

 

 

 

79.5

 

 

 

72.9

 

 

 

52.6

 

 

 

96.2

 

 

 

78.0

 

 

 

72.8

 

 

 

47.5

 

Operating (loss) income

 

 

(18.3

)

 

 

28.9

 

 

 

16.4

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

41.3

 

 

 

28.8

 

 

 

26.2

 

 

 

(13.7

)

Net (loss) income

 

 

(22.0

)

 

 

18.3

 

 

 

7.4

 

 

 

9.4

 

 

 

22.7

 

 

 

15.2

 

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

(13.3

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

12.1

 

 

 

11.7

 

 

 

11.1

 

 

 

11.0

 

 

 

11.0

 

 

 

11.5

 

 

 

7.9

 

 

 

7.4

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

6.8

 

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

5.4

 

 

 

5.3

 

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

3.4

 

 

 

7.5

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

 

(5.0

)

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

(13.8

)

 

 

13.2

 

 

 

9.1

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

(7.8

)

EBITDA

 

 

(7.7

)

 

 

40.6

 

 

 

27.5

 

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

52.2

 

 

 

40.4

 

 

 

22.2

 

 

 

(6.2

)

Transaction expenses(a)

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

0.3

 

Sponsor expenses(b)

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.1

 

Restructuring costs(c)

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.9

 

Stock-based compensation expense(d)

 

 

1.2

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

25.5

 

Non-cash purchase accounting(e)

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.5

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt(f)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11.9

 

 

 

 

Legal matters(g)

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First year public company costs(h)

 

 

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges(i)

 

 

35.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses attributable to assets held for sale(j)

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred purchase price payment(k)

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

39.4

 

 

$

47.6

 

 

$

34.0

 

 

$

21.3

 

 

$

58.4

 

 

$

45.5

 

 

$

37.5

 

 

$

21.1

 

 

(a)

Reflects costs incurred in connection with business acquisitions and capital market transactions. These expenses consist primarily of legal, accounting, due diligence, and one-time post-acquisition expenses in additions to costs related to offerings of our common stock.

(b)

Reflects the reimbursement of expenses to the Company’s primary equity holder.

(c)

Restructuring expenses for fiscal year 2018 represent costs incurred to restructure certain management positions in the Fire & Emergency, Commercial and Recreation segments, our corporate office, as well as to relocate our Class B RV production. Costs incurred in the current year consisted of personnel costs, including severance, vacation and other employee benefit payments as well as facility closure and lease termination costs.

Restructuring expenses for fiscal year 2017 are associated with the restructuring of the management functions and various product lines across the Company, including but not limited to severance, lease termination and other associated expenses.

(d)

Reflects expenses associated with stock-based compensation and the redemption of performance-based stock options.

For fiscal year 2017, stock-based compensation expense included $13.3 million for the remeasurement of liability awards to our IPO share price, $8.9 million related to the accelerated vesting of liability awards and stock options resulting from our IPO and $3.3 million related to the redemption of performance-based stock options.

(e)

Reflects the amortization of the difference between the book value and fair market value of certain acquired inventory that was subsequently sold after the acquisition date.

48


Table of Contents

 

(f)

Includes prepayment premiums and write-offs of unamortized debt issuance costs and original issue discount recognized upon the redemption of our Notes in February 2017, as well as the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs from the Company’s previous revolving credit facility as a result of the Company’s ABL refinancing in April 2017.

(g)

Reflects legal fees and costs incurred to litigate and settle legal claims against us which are outside the normal course of business. Current year costs include payments: (i) to settle certain claims arising from a putative class action in the state of California, (ii) for fees and costs to litigate and settle non-ordinary course product, intellectual property and employment disputes and (iii) for fees and costs to litigate the putative securities class actions pending against us and certain of our directors and officers.

(h)

Reflects non-recurring consulting and audit fees associated with the initial design and implementation of internal controls over financial reporting to comply with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(i)

Reflects non-cash impairment charges related to both the assets held for sale and other assets that management intends to monetize or are otherwise impaired including our rental fleet, inventory from discontinued product lines and certain information system assets. Refer to Note 6, "Divestiture Activities," to our 2018 audited consolidated financial statements.

(j)

Losses attributable to businesses that are classified as assets held for sale also include depreciation and amortization—$0.2 million, interest expense—$0.2 million and provision for income taxes—$1.4 million for the three months ended October 31, 2018.

(k)

Reflects the expense associated with the deferred purchase price payment owed to sellers of Lance, who are now employees of the Company. The Company will make payments of $5.0 million on each of the 12- and 24-month anniversary dates of the acquisition date, subject to conditions in the purchase agreement.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

General

Our primary requirements for liquidity and capital are working capital, acquiring machinery and equipment, acquiring and building manufacturing facilities, paying income taxes, improving and expanding existing manufacturing facilities, debt service payments, regular quarterly dividend payments, general corporate needs, and common stock repurchases under the Company’s stock buyback program. Historically, these cash requirements have been met through cash provided by operating activities, cash and cash equivalents and borrowings under our revolving credit facility. During fiscal year 2018, we increased the size of our Term Loan by $50.0 million to support the execution of our stock repurchase program.

We believe that our sources of liquidity and capital will be sufficient to finance our continued operations, growth strategy and cash dividends. However, we cannot assure you that our cash provided by operating activities and borrowings under our current revolving credit facility will be sufficient to meet our future needs. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows from operations in the future, and if availability under our current revolving credit facility is not sufficient due to the size of our borrowing base or other external factors, we may have to obtain additional financing. If we obtain additional capital by issuing equity, the interests of our existing stockholders will be diluted. If we incur additional indebtedness, that indebtedness may contain financial and other covenants that may significantly restrict our operations. We cannot assure you that we will be able to obtain refinancing or additional financing on favorable terms or at all.

Cash Flow

The following table shows summary cash flows for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

$

(19.2

)

 

$

33.2

 

 

$

75.6

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(119.6

)

 

 

(229.1

)

 

 

(84.4

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

132.9

 

 

 

202.9

 

 

 

14.7

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

(5.9

)

 

$

7.0

 

 

$

5.9

 

49


Table of Contents

 

Net Cash (Used in) Provided by Operating Activities

Net cash used in operating activities for fiscal year 2018 was $19.2 million, compared to net cash provided of $33.2 million for fiscal year 2017. The increase in cash used in operating activities for fiscal year 2018, compared to the prior year was primarily due to an increase in working capital and a decrease in net income.

Net cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2017 was $33.2 million, compared to $75.6 million for fiscal year 2016. The decrease in cash provided by operating activities for fiscal year 2017, compared to the prior year was primarily due to an increase in inventory, higher cash outflows for other liabilities and lower incoming customer advance payments, which was partially offset by an increase in current year income from operations and faster current year collections of accounts receivable.

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal year 2018 of $119.6 million was primarily due to business acquisition activity and capital expenditures. In fiscal year 2018, the Company completed the acquisition of Lance.

Net cash used in investing activities for fiscal year 2017 of $229.1 million was primarily due to business acquisition activity and capital expenditures. In fiscal year 2017, the Company completed the acquisitions of Renegade, Midwest and Ferrara.

Net cash used in investing activities in fiscal year 2016 of $84.4 million was primarily due to business acquisition activity and capital expenditures. In fiscal year 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of KME.

Net Cash Provided by Financing Activities

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal year 2018 was $132.9 million, which primarily consisted of net borrowings from our ABL Facility and incremental Term Loan of $50.0 million to fund the acquisition of Lance, working capital requirements, and our share repurchase program. During fiscal year 2018, the Company paid cash dividends of $12.8 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal year 2017 was $202.9 million, which primarily consisted of net proceeds from our IPO offset by the use of those proceeds to redeem our Notes, and further net borrowings from the April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan to support acquisitions and working capital requirements. During fiscal year 2017, the Company paid cash dividends of $6.4 million.

Net cash provided by financing activities for fiscal year 2016 was $14.7 million, which primarily consisted of net borrowings from our previous ABL facility, offset partially by $21.7 million of payments to redeem common stock and common stock options and the repayment of debt assumed in the Hall-Mark Acquisition.

Capital Expenditures

Capital expenditures for fiscal year 2019, excluding any acquisitions, are estimated to be approximately $25 million.

Offering of Common Stock

On January 26, 2017, the Company announced an initial public offering (“IPO”) of our common stock which began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “REVG”. On February 1, 2017, the Company completed the offering of 12,500,000 shares of common stock at a price of $22.00 per share and the Company received $275.0 million in gross proceeds from the IPO, or $253.6 million in net proceeds after deducting the underwriting discount and expenses related to the offering. The net proceeds of the IPO were used to partially pay down the Company’s existing debt. The Company redeemed the entire outstanding balance of its Notes, including a prepayment premium and accrued interest, plus it partially paid down the then outstanding balance of its revolving credit facility.

Dividends

On December 19, 2018, our Board of Directors declared a cash dividend of $0.05 per share on our common stock, payable in respect of the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The dividend is payable on February 28, 2019 to holders of record as of January 31, 2019. Subject to legally available funds and the discretion of our Board of Directors, we expect to pay a quarterly cash dividend at the rate of $0.05 per share on our common stock. We expect to pay this quarterly dividend on or about the last day of the first month following each fiscal quarter to shareholders of record on the last day of such fiscal quarter. Our dividend policy has certain risks and

50


Table of Contents

 

limitations, particularly with respect to liquidity, and we may not pay dividends according to our policy, or at all. We cannot assure you that we will declare dividends or have sufficient funds to pay dividends on our common stock in the future.

Stock Repurchase Program

On March 20, 2018 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized up to $50.0 million of repurchases of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock with an expiration date of March 19, 2020. On September 5, 2018 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $50.0 million of repurchases of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock with an expiration date of September 4, 2020. The Company’s share repurchase program is executed from time to time through open market or through private transactions. Shares purchased under the share repurchase program are retired and returned to authorized and unissued status. As of October 31, 2018, the Company had $46.7 million of authorization remaining under this program. During fiscal year 2018, the Company repurchased 3,233,352 shares under this repurchase program at a total cost of $53.3 million at an average price per share of $16.47.

Term Loan

On April 25, 2017, we entered into a $75.0 million term loan (“Term Loan” or “Term Loan Agreement”) and incurred $2.0 million in debt issuance costs. The Term Loan Agreement expires on April 25, 2022.

On July 18, 2018 the Company exercised its $50.0 million incremental commitment option under the Term Loan Agreement, which increased total borrowing under the facility from $75.0 million to $125.0 million. The Company incurred an additional $0.6 million of debt issuance costs related to the incremental commitment option under the Term Loan. Proceeds from the increase in the Term Loan were used to repay a portion of the borrowings under the April 2017 ABL Facility.

The Company may voluntarily prepay principal, in whole or in part, at any time, without penalty. Commencing with fiscal year 2018 and payable in fiscal year 2019, the Company is obligated to prepay certain minimum amounts based on the Company’s excess cash flow, as defined in the Term Loan Agreement. We are not expecting to make excess cash flow payments in fiscal year 2019. The Term Loan is also subject to mandatory prepayment if the Company or any of its restricted subsidiaries receives proceeds from certain events, including certain asset sales and casualty events, and the issuance of certain debt and equity interests. Certain subsidiaries of the Company are guarantors of the Term Loan.

April 2017 ABL Facility

On April 25, 2017, we entered into a new $350.0 million ABL revolving credit agreement with a syndicate of lenders (the “April 2017 ABL Facility”). The April 2017 ABL Facility provides for revolving loans and letters of credit in an aggregate amount of up to $350.0 million. The total April 2017 ABL Facility is subject to a $30.0 million sublimit for swing line loans and a $35.0 million sublimit for letters of credit, along with certain borrowing base and other customary restrictions as defined in the April 2017 ABL Facility. The April 2017 ABL Facility expires on April 25, 2022.

On December 22, 2017 the Company exercised its $100.0 million incremental commitment option under the April 2017 ABL Facility, which increased the facility to $450.0 million.

Funds from the April 2017 ABL Facility were used to repay borrowings on the previous ABL Facility and to fund the Ferrara acquisition.

Principal may be repaid at any time during the term of the April 2017 ABL Facility without penalty.

The April 2017 ABL Facility contains certain financial covenants. We were in compliance with all financial covenants under the April 2017 ABL Facility as of October 31, 2018. As of October 31, 2018, our availability under the April 2017 ABL Facility was $137.0 million.

Senior Secured Notes

On February 16, 2017, we redeemed all Notes, which were outstanding as of that date, and retired the debt. As a result of this redemption, the Company recorded a $11.2 million loss associated with the early extinguishment of the debt, which consisted of a prepayment premium of $7.7 million, $3.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and $0.4 million of original issue discount.

51


Table of Contents

 

Subsequent Events

On December 19, 2018, we signed a definitive purchase agreement for the sale of our mobility van business, Revability, with annual sales of approximately $40 million. See Note 6 to our 2018 audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Contractual Obligations

The below table of material debt and lease commitments at October 31, 2018 summarizes the effect these obligations are expected to have on our cash flows in future periods as set forth in the table below.

 

(in millions)

 

2019

 

 

2020

 

 

2021

 

 

2022

 

 

2023

 

 

Thereafter

 

 

Total

 

Long-term debt(a)

 

$

1.3

 

 

$

1.3

 

 

$

1.2

 

 

$

420.0

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

423.8

 

Interest(b)

 

 

21.0

 

 

 

19.3

 

 

 

19.3

 

 

 

9.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

68.9

 

Operating leases

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.7

 

Purchasing obligations(c)

 

 

17.7

 

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

10.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37.7

 

Total commitments(d)

 

$

42.1

 

 

$

32.7

 

 

$

32.4

 

 

$

431.2

 

 

$

1.7

 

 

$

 

 

$

540.1

 

 

(a)

Includes estimated principal payments due under our Term Loan and the April 2017 ABL Facility as of October 31, 2018.

(b)

Based on interest rates in effect as of October 31, 2018.

(c)

Includes obligations under non-cancellable purchase orders for raw materials or chassis as of October 31, 2018.

(d)

Unrecognized tax benefits totaling $2.1 million as of October 31, 2018, excluding related interests and penalties, are not included in the table because the timing of their resolution cannot be estimated. See Note 16 to our 2018 audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for disclosures regarding uncertain income tax positions under ASC Topic 740.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income

In considering the financial performance of the business, management analyzes the primary financial performance measures of Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income for the relevant period before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision for income taxes, as adjusted for certain items described below that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance. Adjusted Net Income is defined as net income, as adjusted for certain items described below that we believe are not indicative of our ongoing operating performance. Neither Adjusted EBITDA nor Adjusted Net Income is a measure defined by GAAP. The most directly comparable GAAP measure to EBITDA, Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income is Net Income for the relevant period.

We believe Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are useful to investors because these performance measures are used by our management for measuring profitability. These measures exclude the impact of certain items which we believe have less bearing on our core operating performance because they are items that are not needed or available to the Company’s managers in the daily activities of their businesses. We believe that the core operations of our business are those which can be affected by our management in a particular period through their resource allocation decisions that affect the underlying performance of our specialty vehicle operations conducted during that period. We also believe that decisions utilizing Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income allow for a more meaningful comparison of operating fundamentals between companies within our markets by eliminating the impact of capital structure and taxation differences between the companies.

To determine Adjusted EBITDA, we adjust Net Income for the following items: non-cash depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision (benefit) for income taxes. Stock-based compensation expense is excluded from both Adjusted Net Income and Adjusted EBITDA because it is an expense that is measured based upon external inputs such as our current share price and the movement of share price of peer companies, which cannot be impacted by our business managers. Stock-based compensation expense also reflects a cost which may obscure trends in our underlying vehicle businesses for a given period, due to the timing and nature of the equity awards.

We also adjust for exceptional items which are determined to be those that in management’s judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence, which include non-cash items and items settled in cash. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to our Board of Directors, assists in providing a meaningful analysis of our operating performance and used as a measurement in incentive

52


Table of Contents

 

compensation for management. Based on the foregoing factors, management considers the adjustment for non-cash purchase accounting, certain legal matters, initial public company costs, transaction expenses, stock-based compensation expense, restructuring costs, Sponsor expenses, impairment charges, losses attributable to assets held for sale and deferred purchase price payment to be exceptional items.

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income have limitations as analytical tools. These are not presentations made in accordance with GAAP, nor are they measures of financial condition and they should not be considered as an alternative to net income or net loss for the period determined in accordance with GAAP. Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, our results of operations as determined in accordance with GAAP. Moreover, such measures do not reflect:

 

our cash expenditures, or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments;

 

changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs;

 

the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments on our debt and, in the case of Adjusted EBITDA, excluding interest expense; and

 

the cash requirements to pay our taxes and, in the case of Adjusted EBITDA, excluding income tax expense.

The following table reconciles Net Income to Adjusted EBITDA for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Net income

 

$

13.0

 

 

$

31.4

 

 

$

30.2

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

45.5

 

 

 

37.8

 

 

 

24.6

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

25.3

 

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

29.2

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

 

(12.2

)

 

 

18.7

 

 

 

13.0

 

EBITDA

 

 

71.6

 

 

 

108.6

 

 

 

97.0

 

Transaction expenses(a)

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

1.6

 

Sponsor expenses(b)

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.2

 

Restructuring costs(c)

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

3.5

 

Stock-based compensation expense(d)

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

26.6

 

 

 

19.7

 

Non-cash purchase accounting expense(e)

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

0.8

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt(f)

 

 

 

 

 

11.9

 

 

 

 

Legal matters(g)

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First year public company costs(h)

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges(i)

 

 

35.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses attributable to assets held for sale(j)

 

 

9.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred purchase price payout(k)

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

148.0

 

 

$

162.5

 

 

$

122.8

 

53


Table of Contents

 

The following table reconciles Net Income to Adjusted Net Income for the periods presented:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

(in millions)

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Net income

 

$

13.0

 

 

$

31.4

 

 

$

30.2

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

18.1

 

 

 

14.9

 

 

 

9.4

 

Transaction expenses(a)

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

1.6

 

Sponsor expenses(b)

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.2

 

Restructuring costs(c)

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

3.5

 

Stock-based compensation expense(d)

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

26.6

 

 

 

19.7

 

Non-cash purchase accounting expense(e)

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

0.8

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt(f)

 

 

 

 

 

11.9

 

 

 

 

Legal matters(g)

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

First year public company costs(h)

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment charges(i)

 

 

35.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses attributable to assets held for sale(j)

 

 

9.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred purchase price payment(k)

 

 

6.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of tax rate change(l)

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax effect of adjustments(m)

 

 

(23.5

)

 

 

(24.4

)

 

 

(12.3

)

Adjusted Net Income

 

$

72.7

 

 

$

75.8

 

 

$

53.1

 

 

(a)

Reflects costs incurred in connection with business acquisitions and offerings of our common stock. These expenses consist primarily of legal, accounting, due diligence, and one-time post-acquisition expenses in addition to costs related to offerings of our common stock.

(b)

Reflects the reimbursement of expenses to AIP, the Company’s primary equity holder.

(c)

Restructuring expenses for fiscal year 2018 represent costs incurred to restructure certain management positions in the Fire & Emergency, Commercial and Recreation segments, our corporate office, as well as to relocate our Class B RV production. Costs incurred in the current year consisted of personnel costs, including severance, vacation and other employee benefit payments as well as facility closure and lease termination costs.

Restructuring expenses for fiscal years 2017 and 2016 are associated with the restructuring of the management functions and various product lines across the Company, including but not limited to severance, lease termination and other associated expenses.

(d)

Reflects expenses associated with stock-based compensation and the redemption of performance-based stock options.

(e)

Reflects the amortization of the difference between the book value and fair market value of certain acquired inventory that was subsequently sold after the acquisition date.

(f)

Reflects losses recognized upon the redemption of our Notes in February 2017. The Company paid a prepayment premium of $7.7 million and wrote off $3.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and $0.4 million of original issue discount. The loss on early extinguishment of debt also includes the write-off of $0.7 million of unamortized debt issuance costs as a result of our debt re-financing in April 2017.

(g)

Reflects legal fees and costs incurred to litigate and settle legal claims against us which are outside the normal course of business. Current year costs include payments: (i) to settle certain claims arising from a putative class action in the state of California, (ii) for fees and costs to litigate and settle non-ordinary course product, intellectual property and employment disputes and (iii) for fees and costs to litigate the putative securities class actions pending against us and certain of our directors and officers.

(h)

Reflects non-recurring consulting and audit fees associated with the initial design and implementation of internal controls over financial reporting to comply with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act.

(i)

Reflects non-cash impairment charges related to both the assets held for sale and other assets that management intends to monetize or are otherwise impaired including our rental fleet, inventory from discontinued product lines and certain information system assets. Refer to Note 6, "Divestiture Activities," to our 2018 audited consolidated financial statements.

54


Table of Contents

 

(j)

Losses attributable to businesses that are classified as assets held for sale also include depreciation and amortization$0.5 million, interest expense$0.3 million, provision for income taxes$1.4 million, restructuring costs$0.2 million and non-cash purchase accounting expense$0.3 million for the twelve months ended October 31, 2018.

(k)

Reflects the expense associated with the deferred purchase price payment owed to sellers of Lance, who are now employees of the Company. The Company will make payments of $5.0 million on each of the 12 and 24-month anniversary dates of the acquisition date, subject to conditions in the purchase agreement.

(l)

Reflects the one-time provisional impact of net deferred tax liability remeasurement as a result of the U.S. Tax Reform Act enacted in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.

(m)

Income tax effect of adjustments using a 26.5% effective income tax rate for fiscal year 2018, and a 36.5% effective income tax rate for fiscal years 2017 and 2016, except for certain transaction expenses and losses attributable to assets held for sale.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We have not created, and are not party to, any special-purpose or off-balance sheet entities for the purpose of raising capital, incurring debt or operating our business. With the exception of operating lease obligations, we do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or relationships with entities that are not consolidated into or disclosed in our consolidated financial statements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a material current or future effect on our financial condition, revenues, expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures and capital resources. In addition, we do not engage in trading activities involving non-exchange traded contracts.

Seasonality

In a typical year, our operating results are impacted by seasonality. Historically the slowest quarters have been the first and second fiscal quarters when the purchasing seasons for vehicles such as school buses, RVs and sweepers are the lowest due to the colder weather and the relatively long time until summer vacation season, and the school year is underway with municipalities and school bus contractors utilizing their existing fleets to transport student populations. Sales of our products have typically been higher in the third and fourth fiscal quarters (with the fourth fiscal quarter typically being the strongest) due to better weather, the vacation season, buying habits of RV dealers and end-users, timing of government/municipal customer fiscal years, and the beginning of a new school year. Sales and earnings for other vehicles that we produce, such as essential emergency vehicles and commercial bus fleets, are less seasonal, but fluctuations in sales of these vehicles can also be impacted by timing surrounding the fiscal years of municipalities and commercial customers, as well as the timing and amounts of multi-unit larger orders. See “Item 1A. Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business—Some of the markets in which we compete are seasonal, which results in fluctuations in sales and results of operations.”

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 to our 2018 audited consolidated financial statements. The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates, assumptions and judgments that affect amounts of assets and liabilities reported in our consolidated financial statements, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements and reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the year. We believe our estimates and assumptions are reasonable; however, future results could differ from those estimates. We consider the following accounting estimates to be the most critical in understanding the judgments that are involved in preparing our consolidated financial statements.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of aggregate cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. If inventory costs exceed expected net realizable value due to obsolescence or quantities on hand are in excess of expected demand, the Company records reserves for the difference between the cost and the expected net realizable value. These reserves are recorded based on various factors, including recent sales history and sales forecasts, industry market conditions, vehicle model changes and general economic conditions.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for business combinations by estimating the fair value of consideration paid for acquired businesses, including contingent consideration, and assigning that amount to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the

55


Table of Contents

 

remainder assigned to goodwill. If the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the fair value of consideration paid, a gain on bargain purchase is recognized. The estimates of fair values are determined utilizing customary valuation procedures and techniques, which require us, among other things, to estimate future cash flows and discount rates. Such analyses involve significant judgments and estimations.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of trade names, are not amortized, however, the Company reviews goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that its carrying amount may not exceed its fair value. The annual impairment review is performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year based upon information and estimates available at that time. To perform the impairment testing, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair values of the Company’s reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts as a basis for determining whether or not to perform the quantitative impairment test. Qualitative testing includes the evaluation of economic conditions, financial performance and other factors such as key events when they occur. The Company then estimates the fair value of each reporting unit and each indefinite-lived intangible asset not meeting the qualitative criteria and compares their fair values to their carrying values.

Under the quantitative method, the fair value of each reporting unit of the Company is determined by using primarily the income approach and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The income approach involves discounting management’s projections of future interim and terminal cash flows to a present value at a risk-adjusted discount rate which corresponds with the Company’s and market-participant weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”). Key assumptions used in the income approach include future sales growth, gross margin and operating expenses trends, depreciation and amortization expense, taxes, capital expenditures and changes in working capital. Projected future cash flows are based on income forecasts and management’s knowledge of the current operating environment and expectations for the Company on a going-forward basis. The WACC represents a blended cost of equity and debt capital applicable to the Company based on observed market participant rates of return for a group of comparable public companies in the industry, utilizes market participant capital structure assumptions by reference to the industry’s average debt to total invested capital ratios, and is also being adjusted for relative risk premiums specific to each reporting unit tested. The terminal residual value is based upon the projected cash flow for the final projected year and is calculated using a capitalization rate based on estimates of growth of the net cash flows based on the Company’s estimate of sustainable growth for each financial reporting unit. The inputs and assumptions used in the determination of fair value are considered Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy.

If the fair value of any reporting unit, as calculated using the income approach, is less than its carrying value, the fair value of the implied goodwill is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the fair value of the underlying assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill. An impairment charge is recorded for any excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value for each reporting unit

When determining the fair value of indefinite-lived trade names, the Company uses the relief-from-royalty (“RFR”) method, within the income approach. The RFR method assumes that an intangible asset is valuable because the owner of the asset avoids the cost of licensing that asset. Under the RFR method, an estimate is made as to the appropriate royalty income that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction if the subject intangible asset were licensed from an independent third party. The royalty savings are then calculated by multiplying a royalty rate, expressed as a percentage of revenues, times a determined applicable level of future revenues provided per each trade name as estimated by the Company. The royalty rate is based on research of industry and market data related to transactions involving the licensing of comparable intangible assets. The resulting future royalty savings are then discounted to their present value equivalent utilizing market participant rates of return, adjusted for relative risk premiums specific to each trade name as well as the reporting unit housing it. In considering the fair value of trade names, the Company also considers relative age, consistent use, quality, expansion possibilities, relative profitability, relative market potential, and how a market participant may employ these intangible assets from a financial and economic point of view.

Warranty

Provisions for estimated warranty and other related costs are recorded in cost of sales and are periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. The amount of accrued warranty liability reflects management’s best estimate of the expected future cost of honoring our obligations under our limited warranty plans. The costs of fulfilling our warranty obligations principally involve replacement parts, labor and sometimes travel for any field retrofit or recall campaigns. Our estimates are based on historical experience, the number of units involved and the cost per claim. Also, each quarter we review actual warranty claims to determine if there are systemic effects that would require a field retrofit or recall campaign.

56


Table of Contents

 

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 to our 2018 audited consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the impact of new accounting standards on the Company’s consolidated financial statement.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Market risk represents the risk of changes in the value of market risk sensitive instruments caused by fluctuations in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. We are also exposed to market risk based on fluctuations in commodity market prices for key raw material inputs. Changes in these factors could cause fluctuations in the results of our operations and cash flows.

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to market risk based on fluctuations in market interest rates. Our exposure to fluctuating interest rate risk consists of floating rate debt instruments that are indexed to short-term benchmark interest rates. As of October 31, 2018, we had $300.0 million of principal outstanding under our April 2017 ABL Facility at an average rate of 4.40% per annum, and $123.8 million of principal outstanding under our Term Loan at an average rate of 5.78% per annum. On an annualized basis, a 100-basis point increase (decrease) in our floating interest rates under the April 2017 ABL Facility and Term Loan would have increased (decreased) interest expense by $4.3 million.

Commodity Price Risk

We are a purchaser of certain commodities, including aluminum and raw steel. In addition, we are a purchaser of components and parts containing various commodities, including aluminum, fiberglass, copper and steel, which are integrated into our end products. We generally buy these commodities and components based on fixed market prices that are established with the vendor as part of the purchase process. Purchase contracts generally do not have an indexed price escalation formula to account for economic fluctuations between the contract date and the delivery date. We are typically unable to pass along increased costs due to economic fluctuations to our customers. In 2018, the steel and aluminum tariffs resulted in significant increases in the costs and lead-times associated with our raw materials. We rarely use commodity financial instruments to hedge commodity prices. We will alternatively fix our prices for certain materials over an agreed upon amount of time between three months to 24 months through contracts with our vendors.

 

 

 

57


Table of Contents

 

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

REV Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of REV Group, Inc. and subsidiaries (“the Company”) as of October 31, 2018 and 2017, and the related consolidated statements of income and comprehensive income, shareholders' equity and contingently redeemable common stock and cash flows for the years ended October 31, 2018, October 31, 2017 and October 29, 2016, and the related notes to the consolidated financial statements (collectively, the financial statements). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of October 31, 2018 and 2017, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended October 31, 2018, October 31, 2017 and October 29, 2016, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013, and our report dated December 19, 2018 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ RSM US LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

December 19, 2018

F-1


Table of Contents

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders

REV Group, Inc.

Opinion on the Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited REV Group, Inc.'s (“the Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2018, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated financial statements of the Company and our report dated December 19, 2018, expressed an unqualified opinion.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ RSM US LLP

Milwaukee, Wisconsin

December 19, 2018

 

F-2


Table of Contents

 

REV Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Dollars in millions, except share and per share amounts)

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

11.9

 

 

$

17.8

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

266.9

 

 

 

243.2

 

Inventories, net

 

 

514.0

 

 

 

452.4

 

Other current assets

 

 

24.0

 

 

 

13.4

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

26.3

 

 

 

 

Total current assets

 

 

843.1

 

 

 

726.8

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

214.3

 

 

 

217.1

 

Goodwill

 

 

161.8

 

 

 

133.2

 

Intangibles assets, net

 

 

174.6

 

 

 

167.9

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

14.3

 

 

 

9.4

 

Total assets

 

$

1,408.1

 

 

$

1,254.4

 

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term debt

 

$

1.3

 

 

$

0.8

 

Accounts payable

 

 

218.1

 

 

 

217.2

 

Customer advances

 

 

117.8

 

 

 

95.8

 

Accrued warranty

 

 

19.0

 

 

 

26.0

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

55.5

 

 

 

70.2

 

Liabilities held for sale

 

 

5.5

 

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

417.2

 

 

 

410.0

 

Long-term debt, less current maturities

 

 

420.6

 

 

 

229.1

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

19.9

 

 

 

22.5

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

18.0

 

 

 

20.3

 

Total liabilities

 

 

875.7

 

 

 

681.9

 

Commitments and contingencies

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shareholders' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock ($.001 par value, 605,000,000 shares authorized; 62,683,808

   and 64,145,945 shares issued and outstanding, respectively)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.1

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

492.1

 

 

 

532.0

 

Retained earnings

 

 

40.6

 

 

 

40.4

 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

 

Total REV's shareholders' equity

 

 

531.4

 

 

 

572.5

 

Non-controlling interest

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

Total shareholders' equity

 

 

532.4

 

 

 

572.5

 

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity

 

$

1,408.1

 

 

$

1,254.4

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

F-3


Table of Contents

 

REV Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Net sales

 

$

2,381.3

 

 

$

2,267.8

 

 

$

1,926.0

 

Cost of sales

 

 

2,103.3

 

 

 

1,973.2

 

 

 

1,696.1

 

Gross profit

 

 

278.0

 

 

 

294.6

 

 

 

229.9

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

 

182.8

 

 

 

188.3

 

 

 

139.8

 

Research and development costs

 

 

6.5

 

 

 

4.2

 

 

 

4.8

 

Amortization of intangible assets

 

 

18.1

 

 

 

14.9

 

 

 

9.4

 

Restructuring

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

4.5

 

 

 

3.5

 

Impairment charges

 

 

35.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

250.2

 

 

 

211.9

 

 

 

157.5

 

Operating income

 

 

27.8

 

 

 

82.7

 

 

 

72.4

 

Interest expense, net

 

 

25.6

 

 

 

20.7

 

 

 

29.2

 

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

11.9

 

 

 

 

Income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

50.1

 

 

 

43.2

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

 

(10.8

)

 

 

18.7

 

 

 

13.0

 

Net income

 

$

13.0

 

 

$

31.4

 

 

$

30.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Comprehensive income

 

$

11.6

 

 

$

31.4

 

 

$

30.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income per common share:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.52

 

 

$

0.59

 

Diluted

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.50

 

 

$

0.58

 

Dividends declared per common share

 

$

0.20

 

 

$

0.15

 

 

$

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-4


Table of Contents

 

REV Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Dollars in millions)

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

13.0

 

 

$

31.4

 

 

$

30.2

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash (used in) provided by

   operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

46.0

 

 

 

37.8

 

 

 

24.6

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.8

 

 

 

2.7

 

Amortization of Senior Note discount

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

6.3

 

 

 

26.6

 

 

 

19.7

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(4.1

)

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

(3.7

)

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

 

 

 

11.9

 

 

 

 

Gain on disposal of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(3.0

)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(0.3

)

Impairment charges

 

 

35.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities net of effects of

   business acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Receivables, net

 

 

(22.3

)

 

 

(39.7

)

 

 

(52.4

)

Inventories, net

 

 

(74.5

)

 

 

(61.9

)

 

 

(8.1

)

Other current assets

 

 

(12.2

)

 

 

(1.2

)

 

 

(0.7

)

Accounts payable

 

 

6.1

 

 

 

54.7

 

 

 

44.8

 

Accrued warranty

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

(6.2

)

 

 

(4.0

)

Customer advances

 

 

21.9

 

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

2.9

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(23.6

)

 

 

(22.2

)

 

 

18.7

 

Long-term assets

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

1.0

 

Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

 

(19.2

)

 

 

33.2

 

 

 

75.6

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(40.6

)

 

 

(54.0

)

 

 

(37.5

)

Purchase of rental fleet vehicles

 

 

(20.1

)

 

 

(17.7

)

 

 

(11.1

)

Purchase of land in Riverside, CA

 

 

 

 

 

(7.6

)

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

8.7

 

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

2.3

 

Investment in China JV

 

 

(7.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

(60.0

)

 

 

(156.4

)

 

 

(31.7

)

Acquisition of Ancira assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6.4

)

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(119.6

)

 

 

(229.1

)

 

 

(84.4

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from borrowings under revolving credit facility

 

 

141.5

 

 

 

75.9

 

 

 

61.7

 

Proceeds from Term Loan

 

 

50.0

 

 

 

75.0

 

 

 

 

Payment of dividends

 

 

(12.8

)

 

 

(6.4

)

 

 

 

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

(53.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net proceeds from initial public offering

 

 

 

 

 

253.6

 

 

 

 

Repayment of debt assumed from acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3.7

)

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(1.0

)

 

 

(6.8

)

 

 

(1.1

)

Repayment of long-term debt and capital leases

 

 

 

 

 

(180.0

)

 

 

(20.5

)

Senior Note prepayment premium

 

 

 

 

 

(7.7

)

 

 

 

Redemption of common stock options including employer payroll taxes

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

(3.3

)

 

 

(21.7

)

Payments of withholding and employer payroll taxes for vesting of restricted stock

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of common stock options, net of employer payroll taxes

 

 

9.5

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

 

Changes in non-controlling interest

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

132.9

 

 

 

202.9

 

 

 

14.7

 

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(5.9

)

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

5.9

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of year

 

 

17.8

 

 

 

10.8

 

 

 

4.9

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of year

 

$

11.9

 

 

$

17.8

 

 

$

10.8

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest

 

$

23.5

 

 

$

26.8

 

 

$

25.8

 

Income taxes, net of refunds

 

$

15.8

 

 

$

11.3

 

 

$

5.8

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-5


Table of Contents

 

REV Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Contingently Redeemable Common Stock

(Dollars in millions, except share amounts)

 

 

Common Stock -

Class A

 

 

Common Stock -

Class B

 

 

Contingently Redeemable

Common Stock

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Additional Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

Accumulated

Other

Comprehensive

 

 

Common Stock in

 

 

Total Shareholders'

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

# Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

# Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

# Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

# Shares

 

 

Capital

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Loss

 

 

Treasury

 

 

Equity

 

Balance, October 29, 2015

 

$

 

 

 

7,786,960 Sh.

 

 

$

 

 

 

42,684,320 Sh.

 

 

$

15.4

 

 

 

2,064,240 Sh.

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

204.6

 

 

$

24.6

 

 

$

 

 

$

(4.6

)

 

$

224.6

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

30.2

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1.4

 

Redemption of common shares

 

 

 

 

 

(1,312,720 Sh.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10.7

)

 

 

(11.4

)

Retirement of treasury stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2.9

)

 

 

(12.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

15.3

 

 

 

 

Change in value of contingently redeemable common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

10.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10.7

)

Reclassification of contingently redeemable common stock

 

 

 

 

 

456,480 Sh.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3.8

)

 

 

(456,480 Sh.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

 

Balance, October 29, 2016

 

$

 

 

 

6,930,720 Sh.

 

 

$

 

 

 

42,684,320 Sh.

 

 

$

22.3

 

 

 

1,607,760 Sh.

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

206.2

 

 

$

31.7

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

237.9

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

31.4

 

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5.3

 

Excess tax benefits from stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.5

 

Change in value of contingently redeemable common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13.1

)

Reclassification of contingently redeemable common stock

 

 

 

 

 

1,607,760 Sh.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(35.4

)

 

 

(1,607,760 Sh.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

35.3

 

Reclassification of liability awards

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

26.5

 

Net proceeds from initial public offering

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,500,000 Sh.

 

 

 

253.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

253.6

 

Reclassification of shares of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

(8,538,480 Sh.

)

 

 

 

 

 

(42,684,320 Sh.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

51,222,800 Sh.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Exercise of common stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

423,150 Sh.

 

 

 

2.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2.6

 

Dividends declared on common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9.6

)

Rounding of partial shares held prior to stock split

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5 Sh.

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balance, October 31, 2017

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.1

 

 

 

64,145,945 Sh.

 

 

$

532.0

 

 

$

40.4

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

572.5

 

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13.0

 

Other comprehensive loss, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.4

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.8

 

Exercise of common stock options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,757,984 Sh.

 

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.7

 

Vesting of restricted stock, net of employee tax withholding

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,231 Sh.

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.1

)

Dividends declared on common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12.8

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12.8

)

Repurchase and retirement of common stock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,233,352 Sh.

)

 

 

(53.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(53.3

)

Balance, October 31, 2018

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

$

0.1

 

 

 

62,683,808 Sh.

 

 

$

492.1

 

 

$

40.6

 

 

$

(1.4

)

 

$

 

 

$

531.4

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

F-6


Table of Contents

 

REV Group, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements

(All tabular amounts presented in millions, except share and per share amounts)

Note 1. Nature of Operations, Equity Sponsor and Related Party Transactions

Nature of Operations: REV Group, Inc. is a leading designer, manufacturer and distributor of specialty vehicles and related aftermarket parts and services, serving a diversified customer base primarily in the United States through three segments: Fire & Emergency, Commercial and Recreation. The Company’s Fire & Emergency business is conducted primarily under the following brands: E-One, Ferrara, KME, AEV, Frontline, Horton, Leader, Marque, McCoy Miller, Road Rescue and Wheeled Coach. The Company’s Commercial business is conducted primarily under the following brands: Capacity, Champion, Collins, Eldorado, ENC, Federal, Goshen, Krystal, Laymor, Revability and World Trans. The Company’s Recreation vehicle business is conducted primarily under the following brands: American Coach, Fleetwood RV, Holiday Rambler, Lance Campers, Midwest Automotive Designs, Monaco and Renegade RV.

In the second quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company made its initial investment in its China joint venture, Anhui Chery REV Specialty Vehicle Technology Co., Ltd (“China JV”). The initial investment of $0.9 million is included in other long-term assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of October 31, 2018. REV has 10% equity interest in the China JV. During the third quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company extended a loan to China JV in the amount of $6.7 million at the rate of 5% per annum. The principal and interest of the loan may be converted at the Company’s sole option into an equity interest in the China JV. The Company recorded its investment in the China JV under the equity method of accounting.

On January 26, 2017, the Company announced the pricing of an initial public offering (“IPO”) of shares of its common stock, which began trading on the New York Stock Exchange on January 27, 2017. On February 1, 2017, the Company completed the IPO of 12,500,000 shares of common stock at a price of $22.00 per share. The Company received $275.0 million in gross proceeds from the IPO, or $253.6 million in net proceeds after deducting the underwriting discount and expenses related to the IPO. The net proceeds of the IPO were used to pay down the Company’s existing debt. Immediately prior to closing of the IPO, the Company completed an 80-for-one stock split of its Class A common stock and Class B common stock and reclassified the Class A common stock and Class B common stock into a single class of common stock, which was the same class as the shares sold in the IPO.

In connection with the IPO, the Company entered into an amended and restated shareholders agreement with certain shareholders. The amended and restated shareholders agreement became effective upon completion of the IPO and replaced the shareholders agreement that was in effect immediately prior to the IPO.

Equity Sponsor: The Company’s primary equity holders are funds and an investment vehicle associated with AIP CF IV, LLC, which the Company collectively refers to as “American Industrial Partners,” “AIP” or “Sponsor” and which indirectly own approximately 53.9% of REV Group’s voting equity as of December 16, 2018. AIP is an operations and engineering-focused private equity firm headquartered in New York, New York.

Related Party Transactions: During fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company reimbursed its primary equity holder for out of pocket expenses in the amount of $0.9 million, $0.6 million and $0.2 million, respectively. These expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income.

Note 2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation: The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of REV and all of its subsidiaries and are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Year: All references to “fiscal year 2018” relate to the year ended October 31, 2018. All references to “fiscal year 2017” relate to the year ended October 31, 2017. All references to “fiscal year 2016” relate to the year ended October 29, 2016. During fiscal year 2017, the Company changed its fiscal year end from the last Saturday to the last calendar day in October of each year and the Company’s fiscal quarters end on the last day of January, April, July and October.

Use of Estimates: The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

F-7


Table of Contents

 

Business Combinations: The purchase price of an acquired company is allocated between assets acquired and liabilities assumed from the acquired business based on their estimated fair values. Any excess of consideration transferred is recorded as goodwill. To the extent the estimated fair value of the net assets acquired exceeds the purchase price, a gain on bargain purchase is recorded in current operations. The results of operations of the acquired businesses are included in the Company’s operating results from the dates of acquisition.

Assets acquired and liabilities assumed generally include tangible and intangible assets, and contingent assets and liabilities. When available, the estimated fair values of these assets and liabilities are determined based on observable inputs such as quoted market prices, information from comparable transactions, and the replacement cost of assets in the same condition or stage of usefulness (Level 1 and 2). If observable inputs are not available, unobservable inputs are used such as expected future cash flows or internally developed estimates of value (Level 3).

Cash and Cash Equivalents: The Company considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Cash equivalents consisted principally of bank deposits and overnight sweep accounts. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of these financial institutions and limits the amount of credit exposure with any one institution.

Deposits held with financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits. These deposits may be redeemed upon demand and are maintained with major financial institutions within the United States. Credit ratings of these financial institutions are monitored by management to mitigate risk of loss. At October 31, 2018, the Company had $11.7 million of uninsured cash balances in excess of Federal Depository Insurance Company limits.

Accounts Receivable: Accounts Receivable consist of amounts billed and due from customers. The Company extends credit to customers in the normal course of business and maintains an allowance for uncollectible accounts resulting from the inability or unwillingness of customers to make required payments. Management determines the allowance for uncollectible accounts by evaluating individual customer receivables and considering a customer’s financial condition, credit history, the age of accounts receivable and current economic conditions.

The Company establishes a reserve for specific accounts receivable that are believed to be uncollectible, as well as an estimate of uncollectible receivables not specifically known. Historical trends and the Company’s current knowledge of potential collection problems provide the Company with sufficient information to establish a reasonable estimate for an allowance for uncollectible accounts. Receivables are written off when management determines collection is highly unlikely and collection efforts have ceased. The change in the allowance for uncollectible accounts is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Beginning balance

 

$

1.1

 

 

$

1.6

 

 

$

0.8

 

Net recorded expense

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

1.0

 

Write-offs, net of recoveries/payments

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Ending balance

 

$

1.3

 

 

$

1.1

 

 

$

1.6

 

 

Concentrations of Credit Risk: Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. Concentration of credit risk with respect to accounts receivable is limited due to the large number of customers and their dispersion within North America. However, the majority of receivables are with dealers and municipalities in the United States. The Company continuously monitors credit risk associated with its receivables. The Company’s top five customers accounted for approximately 13%, 15% and 15% of its net sales for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Inventories: Inventories are stated at the lower of aggregate cost or net realizable value. Cost is determined using the first-in, first-out (“FIFO”) method. If inventory costs exceed expected net realizable value due to obsolescence or quantities on hand are in excess of expected demand, the Company records reserves for the difference between the cost and the expected net realizable value. These reserves are recorded based on various factors, including recent sales history and sales forecasts, industry market conditions, vehicle model changes and general economic conditions.

F-8


Table of Contents

 

Property, Plant and Equipment: Property, plant and equipment are recorded at cost, except when acquired in a business combination where property, plant and equipment are recorded at fair value. Depreciation of property, plant and equipment is recognized over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets using the straight-line method. The estimated useful lives are as follows:

 

 

 

Years

Buildings, related improvements & land improvements

 

5-39

Machinery & equipment

 

3-15

Computer hardware & software

 

3-10

Office, furniture & other

 

3-15

 

Expenditures that extend the useful life of existing property, plant and equipment are capitalized and depreciated over the remaining useful life of the related asset. Expenditures for repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. When property, plant and equipment are retired or sold, the cost and related accumulated depreciation is removed from the Company’s balance sheet, with any gain or loss reflected in operations. Accumulated depreciation on capitalized lease assets is included in property, plant and equipment.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets: The Company accounts for business combinations by estimating the fair value of consideration paid for acquired businesses, including contingent consideration, and assigning that amount to the fair values of assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the remainder assigned to goodwill. If the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed exceeds the fair value of consideration paid, a gain on bargain purchase is recognized. The estimates of fair values are determined utilizing customary valuation procedures and techniques, which require us, among other things, to estimate future cash flows and discount rates. Such analyses involve significant judgments and estimations.

Goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, consisting of trade names, are not amortized, however, the Company reviews goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at least annually or more often if an event occurs or circumstances change which indicates that its carrying amount may not exceed its fair value. The annual impairment review is performed as of the first day of the fourth quarter of each fiscal year based upon information and estimates available at that time. To perform the impairment testing, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair values of the Company’s reporting units or indefinite-lived intangible assets are less than their carrying amounts as a basis for determining whether or not to perform the quantitative impairment test. Qualitative testing includes the evaluation of economic conditions, financial performance and other factors such as key events when they occur. The Company then estimates the fair value of each reporting unit and each indefinite-lived intangible asset not meeting the qualitative criteria and compares their fair values to their carrying values.

Under the quantitative method, the fair value of each reporting unit of the Company is determined by using primarily the income approach and involves the use of significant estimates and assumptions. The income approach involves discounting management’s projections of future interim and terminal cash flows to a present value at a risk-adjusted discount rate which corresponds with the Company’s and market-participant weighted-average cost of capital (“WACC”). Key assumptions used in the income approach include future sales growth, gross margin and operating expenses trends, depreciation and amortization expense, taxes, capital expenditures and changes in working capital. Projected future cash flows are based on income forecasts and management’s knowledge of the current operating environment and expectations for the Company on a going-forward basis. The WACC represents a blended cost of equity and debt capital applicable to the Company based on observed market participant rates of return for a group of comparable public companies in the industry, utilizes market participant capital structure assumptions by reference to the industry’s average debt to total invested capital ratios, and is also being adjusted for relative risk premiums specific to each reporting unit tested. The terminal residual value is based upon the projected cash flow for the final projected year and is calculated using a capitalization rate based on estimates of growth of the net cash flows based on the Company’s estimate of sustainable growth for each financial reporting unit. The inputs and assumptions used in the determination of fair value are considered Level 3 inputs within the fair value hierarchy.

If the fair value of any reporting unit, as calculated using the income approach, is less than its carrying value, the fair value of the implied goodwill is calculated as the difference between the fair value of the reporting unit and the fair value of the underlying assets and liabilities, excluding goodwill. An impairment charge is recorded for any excess of the carrying value of goodwill over the implied fair value for each reporting unit.

F-9


Table of Contents

 

When determining the fair value of indefinite-lived trade names, the Company uses the relief-from-royalty (“RFR”) method, within the income approach. The RFR method assumes that an intangible asset is valuable because the owner of the asset avoids the cost of licensing that asset. Under the RFR method, an estimate is made as to the appropriate royalty income that would be negotiated in an arm’s-length transaction if the subject intangible asset were licensed from an independent third party. The royalty savings are then calculated by multiplying a royalty rate, expressed as a percentage of revenues, times a determined applicable level of future revenues provided per each trade name as estimated by the Company. The royalty rate is based on research of industry and market data related to transactions involving the licensing of comparable intangible assets. The resulting future royalty savings are then discounted to their present value equivalent utilizing market participant rates of return, adjusted for relative risk premiums specific to each trade name as well as the reporting unit housing it. In considering the fair value of trade names, the Company also considers relative age, consistent use, quality, expansion possibilities, relative profitability, relative market potential, and how a market participant may employ these intangible assets from a financial and economic point of view.

Long-Lived Assets Including Definite-Lived Intangible Assets: Property, plant and equipment and intangible assets with definite lives are reviewed for potential impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the assets may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by comparison of the carrying value of such assets to the undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by such assets. If the carrying value of an asset exceeds its estimated undiscounted future cash flows, an impairment provision is recognized to the extent that the undiscounted future cash flows exceed the carrying amount of the asset.

Earnings (Loss) Per Common Share: Basic earnings per share represents net income divided by basic weighted-average number of common shares, including contingently redeemable shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings per share represents net income divided by diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding. Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding includes the dilutive effect of additional potential common shares issuable from stock options, restricted stock units and performance stock units, and are determined using the treasury stock method.

Comprehensive Income (Loss): Comprehensive income (loss) includes all changes in equity during a period except those that resulted from investments by or distributions to the Company’s shareholders. Other comprehensive income or loss refers to revenues, expenses, gains and losses that are included in comprehensive income, but excluded from net income as these amounts are recorded directly as an adjustment to shareholders’ equity. As of October 31, 2018, accumulated other comprehensive loss was $1.4 million. Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) balances as of October 31, 2017 and October 29, 2016 were immaterial to the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Revenue Recognition: The Company recognizes revenue for sales of vehicles when contract terms are met, collectability is reasonably assured, and a product is shipped or risk of ownership has been transferred to and accepted by the customer. In certain instances, risk of ownership and title passes when the product has been completed in accordance with purchase order specifications and has been tendered for delivery to the customer. Periodically, certain customers request bill and hold transactions. In those cases, revenue recognition occurs upon the customer’s assumption of title and risk of ownership and when collectability is reasonably assured. At the time of revenue recognition, there is a schedule of delivery of the product consistent with the customer’s business practice, the product has been separated from our inventory, and the Company does not have any remaining performance obligations such that the earnings process is not complete.

Revenues from the sale of parts are recognized when title to products and the risk of loss are transferred to the customer, which is generally upon shipment. Revenue from service agreements is recognized as earned when services are rendered.

Intercompany sales are eliminated upon consolidation.

Provisions are made for discounts, returns and sales allowances based on management’s best estimate and the historical experience of each business unit. Sales are recorded net of amounts invoiced for taxes imposed on the customer, such as excise or value-added taxes.

Customer advances include amounts received in advance of the completion of vehicles or in advance of services being rendered. Such customer advances are recorded as current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheet until the vehicle is shipped or the service rendered.

Warranty: Provisions for estimated warranty and other related costs are recorded in cost of sales and are periodically adjusted to reflect actual experience. The amount of accrued warranty liability reflects management’s estimate of the expected future cost of settling the Company’s obligations under its warranty programs. The costs of fulfilling the Company’s warranty obligations primarily consist of replacement parts, labor and sometimes travel for any field retrofit or recall campaigns. The Company’s estimates are based on historical warranty expenditures, length of the warranty obligations for units sold, and the number of units under warranty. If a

F-10


Table of Contents

 

warranty cost is incurred due to a defect in a purchased material, the Company will seek reimbursement from the vendor to the fullest extent possible. The Company reviews warranty claims experience to determine if there are defects affecting numerous vehicles that would require a field retrofit or recall campaign.

Fair Value Measurements: The Company’s financial instruments not required to be adjusted to fair value on a recurring basis consist principally of cash, receivables, long-term debt and accounts payable. The Company believes cash, accounts receivable, and accounts payable are recorded at amounts that approximate their current market values based on their short-term nature.

Foreign currency forward contracts held or issued by the Company for risk management purposes are traded in over-the counter markets where quoted market prices are not readily available. For these derivatives, the Company measures fair value using the foreign currency spot rate at the reporting period compared to the contractual rate.

The Company determines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between unrelated market participants at the measurement date. The Company utilizes valuation techniques that maximize the use of observable inputs (Levels 1 and 2) and minimize the use of unobservable inputs (Level 3) within the fair value hierarchy established by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”). The Company applies a “market approach” or an “income approach” to determine fair value. The market approach method uses pricing and other information generated by market transactions for identical or comparable assets and liabilities. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be recorded or disclosed at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which the Company would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions and credit risk. In the absence of significant market-based inputs, the Company will use an “income approach” to estimate the fair value of the asset. This approach is based on the principle that the present value of the expected income that can be generated from the ownership of the asset approximates its fair value. This approach generally includes management’s estimates of assumptions that market participants would use to price the asset or liability including, projected income, a time period over which that income can be earned and an estimate of risk-adjusted discount and capitalization rates. Assets and liabilities are classified within the fair value hierarchy based on the lowest level (least observable) input that is significant to the measurement in its entirety. At each reporting period, all assets and liabilities for which the fair value measurement is based on significant unobservable inputs are classified as Level 3.

For illustrative purposes, the levels within the FASB fair value hierarchy are as follows:

 

 

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets that are unadjusted and accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

 

Level 2

Quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or financial instruments for which significant inputs are observable, either directly or indirectly;

 

Level 3

Prices or valuations that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable, including the company’s own assumptions in determining fair value.

The Company applies fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the consolidated financial statements.

Assets and Liabilities Held for Sale: The Company classifies assets and liabilities (disposal groups) to be sold as held for sale in the period in which all of the following criteria are met: management, having the authority to approve the action, commits to a plan to sell the disposal group; the disposal group is available for immediate sale in its present condition subject only to terms that are usual and customary for sales of such disposal groups; an active program to locate a buyer and other actions required to complete the plan to sell the disposal group have been initiated; the sale of the disposal group is probable, and transfer of the disposal group is expected to qualify for recognition as a completed sale within one year, except if events or circumstances beyond the Company's control extend the period of time required to sell the disposal group beyond one year; the disposal group is being actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value; and actions required to complete the plan indicate that it is unlikely that significant changes to the plan will be made or that the plan will be withdrawn.

The Company initially measures a disposal group that is classified as held for sale at the lower of its carrying value or fair value less any costs to sell. Any loss resulting from this measurement is recognized in the period in which the held for sale criteria are met. Conversely, gains are not recognized on the sale of a disposal group until the date of sale. The Company assesses the fair value of a disposal group, less any costs to sell, each reporting period it remains classified as held for sale and reports any subsequent changes as

F-11


Table of Contents

 

an adjustment to the carrying value of the disposal group, as long as the new carrying value does not exceed the carrying value of the disposal group at the time it was initially classified as held for sale.

Upon determining that a disposal group meets the criteria to be classified as held for sale, the Company reports the assets and liabilities of the disposal group, if material, in the line items assets held for sale and liabilities held for sale in the consolidated statements of financial position. Refer to Note 6, "Divestiture Activities," of the notes to these consolidated financial statements for further information.

Income Taxes: Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are based on the temporary differences between the financial reporting basis and the income tax basis of the Company’s assets and liabilities using currently enacted tax rates and laws. Valuation allowances are established to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount ultimately expected to be realized. In assessing the realizability of deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible for income tax purposes. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income, and tax-planning strategies in making the assessment of the realizability of deferred tax assets.

The Company recognizes liabilities for uncertain income tax positions based on a two-step process. The first step is to evaluate the tax position for recognition by determining if the weight of available evidence indicates that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of related appeals or litigation processes, if any. The second step requires the Company to estimate and measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. It is inherently difficult and subjective to estimate such amounts, as the Company must determine the probability of various possible outcomes. The Company evaluates these uncertain tax positions on a quarterly basis or when new information becomes available to management. The evaluations are based on factors including, but not limited to, changes in facts or circumstances, changes in tax law, successfully settled issues under audit and new audit activity. Such a change in recognition or measurement could result in the recognition of a tax benefit or an increase to the related provision.

The Company includes interest and penalties related to income tax liabilities in the (benefit) provision for income taxes in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. Liabilities for income taxes payable, accrued interest and penalties that are due within one year of the balance sheet date are included in other current liabilities.

Stock-Based Compensation: Stock compensation expense for restricted stock unit awards is recorded over the vesting period based on the grant date fair value of the awards. The grant date fair value is equal to the closing share price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

Stock compensation expense for performance stock unit awards is recorded over the vesting period based on the grant date fair value of the awards and achievement of specified performance targets. The grant date fair value is equal to the closing share price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant.

For stock options, compensation expense is recorded over the agreed upon vesting term of the associated stock option grants and is measured based upon the estimation of fair value of on the grant date by applying the Black-Scholes option-pricing valuation model (the “Black-Scholes Model”). The application of the Black-Scholes Model required us to make certain assumptions such as the fair value of our common stock on the grant date, forfeitures of option grants and the rate of dividend payments on our common stock. Other assumptions utilized in the Black-Scholes Model include volatility of the share price of select peer public companies and the risk-free rate.

Prior to the Company’s IPO, the fair value of common stock was calculated by applying an earnings multiple to the Adjusted EBITDA over the previous 12 months, and deducting outstanding debt, then dividing by the number of shares of common stock outstanding. The assumption for forfeitures was based upon historical experience. As the Company had not historically paid dividends on common stock prior to the IPO, the Company assumed a 0% dividend rate for stock options issued prior to the IPO.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncements Recently Adopted

The following accounting pronouncements did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements:

 

Accounting Standard Update (“ASU”) 2015-11, “Simplifying the Measurement of Inventory” (“ASU 2015-11”)

 

ASU 2016-09, “Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting (Topic 718)” (“ASU 2016-09”)

F-12


Table of Contents

 

Accounting Pronouncements – To be Adopted

 

In May 2014, the FASB issued their final standard on revenue from contracts with customers. The standard, issued as ASU 2014-09 "Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)" by the FASB, outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The ASU is effective for the Company beginning November 1, 2018.

The Company developed a comprehensive project plan that included representatives from across all business segments. The project plan included steps for evaluating the standard’s impact on the Company’s various revenue streams, comparing its historical accounting policies and practices to the requirements of the new standard, identifying potential differences from applying the requirements of the new standard to its contracts, and providing updates on implementation progress.

The Company has substantially completed its evaluation of the impact of ASU 2014-09. The adoption of ASU 2014-09 is not expected to have a significant impact on our financial statement results on a go-forward basis.

The Company will adopt the standard on a modified retrospective basis. As a result of the adoption, the Company expects an immaterial net, after-tax cumulative effect adjustment to reduce Retained Earnings as of November 1, 2018. The Company is in the process of implementing appropriate changes, if any, to its business processes, systems and controls to support revenue recognition and disclosures under Topic 606.

 

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases” (Topic 842). Topic 842 is intended to increase transparency and comparability among organizations by recognizing lease assets and lease liabilities on the balance sheet and disclosing key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 is effective for the Company beginning November 1, 2019. The Company is currently reviewing the standard to determine any impact on the financial statements.

 

In February 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-02, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income (Topic 220), Reclassification of Certain Tax Effects from Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income”. The standard allows a reclassification from accumulated other comprehensive income to retained earnings for stranded tax effects resulting from the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, thereby eliminating the resulting stranded tax effect. The Company plans to early adopt ASU 2018-02 as of the beginning of fiscal year 2019 and does not expect it to have a material impact on its consolidated financial statements.

Subsequent Events

The Company evaluated subsequent events through December 19, 2018, the date on which the financial statements were available to be issued.

Note 3. Acquisitions

The Company has accounted for all business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting to record a new cost basis for the assets acquired and liabilities assumed. The difference between the purchase price and the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed has been recorded as goodwill in the financial statements. The results of operations are reflected in the consolidated financial statements of the Company from the dates of acquisition.

F-13


Table of Contents

 

Lance Camper Manufacturing Acquisition

On January 12, 2018, the Company acquired 100% of the common shares of Lance Camper Mfg. Corp. and its sister company Avery Transport, Inc. (collectively, “Lance” and the “Lance Acquisition”). Lance designs, engineers and manufactures truck campers, towable campers and toy haulers. This acquisition gives the Company an entrance into the high volume towables segment of the recreational vehicle market. The purchase price paid for Lance was $67.9 million ($61.9 million net of $6.0 million cash acquired), which included an adjustment based on the level of net working capital at closing, as defined in the purchase agreement and was funded through the Company’s revolving credit facility. Lance is reported as part of the Recreation segment.

The Company will also pay up to an additional $10.0 million to the selling shareholders subsequent to the acquisition date in the form of deferred purchase price payable of $5.0 million on each of the 12- and 24-month anniversary dates of the acquisition date as per the agreement terms. This deferred payment is being recognized as an expense in the Company’s consolidated statement of operations over the period of the agreement.

As of October 31, 2018, the Company had not completed its assessment of the fair value of all acquired assets and liabilities assumed, or of the determination of the final purchase price calculation, as defined in the purchase agreement. The preliminary purchase price allocation resulted in goodwill of $27.5 million, which is deductible for income tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the preliminary fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Lance:

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

6.0

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

4.4

 

Inventories, net

 

 

10.3

 

Other current assets

 

 

0.3

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

4.6

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

24.3

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

0.1

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

50.0

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

2.4

 

Accrued warranty

 

 

1.4

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

5.8

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

9.6

 

Net Assets Acquired

 

 

40.4

 

Consideration Paid

 

 

67.9

 

Goodwill

 

$

27.5

 

Intangible assets acquired as a result of the Lance Acquisition are as follows:

 

Customer relationships (6 year life)

 

$

12.7

 

Order backlog (1 year life)

 

 

1.8

 

Trademarks (indefinite life)

 

 

9.8

 

Total intangible assets, net

 

$

24.3

 

Net sales and operating income attributable to Lance were $106.9 million and $9.6 million for fiscal year 2018, respectively.

Ferrara Fire Apparatus Acquisition

On April 25, 2017, the Company acquired 100% of the common shares of Ferrara Fire Apparatus, Inc. (“Ferrara” and the “Ferrara Acquisition”). Ferrara is a leading custom fire apparatus and rescue vehicle manufacturer that engineers and manufactures vehicles for municipal and industrial customers. This acquisition enhances the Company’s emergency vehicle product offering, particularly with custom fire apparatus including pumpers, aerials, and industrial vehicles. The final purchase price for Ferrara was $97.8 million ($94.8 million net of $3.0 million cash acquired) which included a subsequent adjustment of $2.3 million received from the seller based on the level of net working capital on the acquisition date. The net cash consideration paid at closing was funded through the Company’s

F-14


Table of Contents

 

revolving credit facility and Term Loan. Ferrara is reported as part of the Fire & Emergency segment. The final purchase price allocation resulted in goodwill of $31.7 million, which is not deductible for income tax purposes.

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Ferrara:

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

3.0

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

15.8

 

Inventories, net

 

 

40.1

 

Other current assets

 

 

0.4

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

12.5

 

Other long-term assets

 

 

0.1

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

32.7

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

104.6

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

17.1

 

Accrued warranty

 

 

3.4

 

Customer advances

 

 

7.7

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

3.6

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

2.8

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

3.9

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

38.5

 

Net Assets Acquired

 

 

66.1

 

Consideration Paid

 

 

97.8

 

Goodwill

 

$

31.7

 

Intangible assets acquired as a result of the Ferrara Acquisition are as follows:

 

Customer relationships (12 year life)

 

$

14.4

 

Order backlog (1 year life)

 

 

3.2

 

Non-compete agreements (4 year life)

 

 

1.5

 

Trade names (indefinite life)

 

 

13.6

 

Total intangible assets, net

 

$

32.7

 

Net sales and operating income attributable to Ferrara were $122.9 million and $7.7 million for the fiscal year 2018, respectively.

Midwest Automotive Designs Acquisition

On April 13, 2017, the Company acquired certain assets and liabilities of Midwest Automotive Designs (“Midwest” and the “Midwest Acquisition”). Midwest manufactures Class B recreational vehicles (“RVs”) and luxury vans. This acquisition enhances the Company’s product offerings in its Recreation segment, by adding a selection of Class B recreational vehicles and multiple products for the luxury limousine, charter and tour bus markets. The final purchase price for Midwest was $34.9 million (net of cash acquired), which included a subsequent adjustment of $0.5 million received from the seller based on the level of net working capital on the acquisition date. The net cash consideration paid at closing was funded through the Company’s revolving credit facility. Midwest is reported as part of the Recreation segment. The final purchase price allocation resulted in goodwill of $12.9 million, which is deductible for income tax purposes. 

F-15


Table of Contents

 

The following table summarizes the fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed for Midwest:

 

Assets:

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

4.3

 

Inventories, net

 

 

9.0

 

Other current assets

 

 

0.1

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

0.2

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

16.5

 

Total assets acquired

 

 

30.1

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

6.7

 

Accrued warranty

 

 

0.3

 

Customer advances

 

 

0.9

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

0.2

 

Total liabilities assumed

 

 

8.1

 

Net Assets Acquired

 

 

22.0

 

Consideration Paid

 

 

34.9

 

Goodwill

 

$

12.9

 

Intangible assets acquired as a result of the Midwest Acquisition are as follows:

 

Customer relationships (6 year life)

 

$

12.9

 

Order backlog (1 year life)

 

 

0.5

 

Trade names (indefinite life)

 

 

3.1

 

Total intangible assets, net

 

$

16.5

 

Net sales and operating income attributable to Midwest were $67.0 million and $5.3 million for fiscal year 2018, respectively.

Renegade RV Acquisition

On December 30, 2016, the Company acquired 100% of the common shares of Kibbi, LLC, which operated as Renegade RV (“Renegade” and the “Renegade Acquisition”). Renegade is a leading manufacturer of Class C and “Super C” RVs and heavy-duty special application trailers. The final purchase price for Renegade was $22.5 million ($20.9 million net of $1.6 million cash acquired), which included a $0.3 million payment to Renegade’s sellers based on the level of net working capital on the acquisition date. The net cash consideration paid at closing was funded through the Company’s revolving credit facility. Renegade is reported as part of the Recreation segment. The final purchase price allocation resulted in goodwill of $4.2 million, which is not deductible for income tax purposes.

F-16


Table of Contents

 

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2018, the Company completed its assessment of the fair values of intangible assets and recorded measurement period adjustments that resulted in a $1.3 million increase in intangible assets and a $2.1 million increase in deferred income tax liabilities with a corresponding net increase in goodwill of $0.8 million. The change in deferred income tax liabilities is related to the completion of the intangible asset valuation and income tax attributes as a result of a tax return filing

Net sales and operating income attributable to Renegade were $133.2 million and $16.3 million for fiscal year 2018, respectively.

Note 4. Inventories

Inventories, net of reserves, consisted of the following:

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Chassis

 

$

53.3

 

 

$

54.7

 

Raw materials

 

 

188.4

 

 

 

162.5

 

Work in process

 

 

195.7

 

 

 

180.1

 

Finished products

 

 

91.6

 

 

 

68.4

 

 

 

 

529.0

 

 

 

465.7

 

Less: reserves

 

 

(15.0

)

 

 

(13.3

)

Total inventories, net

 

$

514.0

 

 

$

452.4

 

 

Note 5. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Land & land improvements

 

$

23.9

 

 

$

25.5

 

Buildings & improvements

 

 

102.5

 

 

 

104.2

 

Machinery & equipment

 

 

77.1

 

 

 

67.7

 

Rental fleet

 

 

35.4

 

 

 

20.3

 

Computer hardware & software

 

 

56.1

 

 

 

39.7

 

Office furniture & fixtures

 

 

5.1

 

 

 

5.0

 

Construction in process

 

 

14.7

 

 

 

34.8

 

 

 

 

314.8

 

 

 

297.2

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(100.5

)

 

 

(80.1

)

Total property, plant and equipment, net

 

$

214.3

 

 

$

217.1

 

 

Depreciation expense for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016 was $27.9 million, $22.9 million and $15.2 million, respectively.

Note 6. Divestiture Activities

The Company regularly reviews its businesses and assets for those which may no longer be aligned with the Company’s long-term strategic and financial objectives. As a result of this review, at October 31, 2018, management decided to divest certain businesses and assets which include the Revability business, one Regional Technical Center (“RTC”), the Company’s rental fleet, and certain other assets. On December 19, 2018, the Company signed a definitive purchase agreement for the sale of its mobility van business, Revability, with annual sales of approximately $40 million. All assets and operations at the Clarkston and Davisburg, Michigan facilities identified on “Item 2. Properties” will be transferred to the buyer. This divestiture and the other anticipated divestitures are expected to generate cash of approximately $40 million in fiscal year 2019 and allow management and the Company to focus their time and financial resources on the remaining core businesses and assets.

The assets and liabilities related to the businesses that met the held for sale criteria are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet as of October 31, 2018 at estimated fair value, less cost to sell. The other assets are reflected in the consolidated balance sheet at net realizable value within inventory and property and equipment. The Company expects to sell these businesses and other assets within one year from the balance sheet date and classified the aforementioned fair value estimates within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy, as the significant inputs are not observable. A non-cash impairment charge of $35.6 million was recorded as of October 31, 2018 that

F-17


Table of Contents

 

relates to both the assets held for sale and other assets that management intends to monetize or are otherwise impaired which include the Company’s rental fleet, inventory from discontinued product lines and certain information system assets.

The major classes of assets and liabilities held for sale were as follows: property, plant and equipment, net—$11.5 million, inventories, net—$11.4 million, accounts receivable, net—$2.9 million, other current assets—$0.5 million, accounts payable—$3.9 million and other current liabilities—$1.6 million.

Note 7. Goodwill and Intangible Assets

The table below represents goodwill by segment:

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Fire & Emergency

 

$

88.6

 

 

$

88.3

 

Commercial

 

 

28.7

 

 

 

28.7

 

Recreation

 

 

44.5

 

 

 

16.2

 

Total goodwill

 

$

161.8

 

 

$

133.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The change in the net carrying value amount of goodwill consisted of the following:

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Balance at beginning of period

 

$

133.2

 

 

$

84.5

 

Activity during the year:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Activity from prior year acquisitions

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

 

Activity from current year acquisitions

 

 

27.5

 

 

 

48.7

 

Activity attributable to assets held for sale

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

 

Balance at end of period

 

$

161.8

 

 

$

133.2

 

Intangible assets (excluding goodwill) consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Weighted-

Average Life

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Finite-lived intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Customer relationships

 

 

8.0

 

 

 

124.7

 

 

 

112.0

 

Order backlog

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

6.7

 

 

 

4.7

 

Non-compete agreements

 

 

5.0

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

2.0

 

Trade names

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

3.5

 

 

 

3.5

 

Technology-related

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137.6

 

 

 

123.9

 

Less: accumulated amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

(78.9

)

 

 

(62.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58.7

 

 

 

61.8

 

Indefinite-lived trade names

 

 

 

 

 

 

115.9

 

 

 

106.1

 

Total intangible assets, net

 

 

 

 

 

$

174.6

 

 

$

167.9

 

Amortization expense was $18.1 million, $14.9 million and $9.4 million for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets for the subsequent five fiscal years is as follows: 2019—$15.0 million, 2020—$11.5 million, 2021—$8.6 million, 2022—$8.2 million and 2023—$5.7 million.

F-18


Table of Contents

 

Note 8. Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities consisted of the following:

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Payroll and related benefits and taxes

 

$

22.5

 

 

$

21.6

 

Incentive compensation

 

 

 

 

 

11.7

 

Customer sales programs

 

 

5.8

 

 

 

6.2

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

0.6

 

Interest payable

 

 

1.9

 

 

 

1.5

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

 

 

 

11.2

 

Dividends payable

 

 

3.2

 

 

 

3.2

 

Deferred purchase price payment

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

17.6

 

 

 

14.2

 

Total other current liabilities

 

$

55.5

 

 

$

70.2

 

 

Note 9. Long-Term Debt

The Company was obligated under the following debt instruments:

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Senior secured facility:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revolving credit ABL facility

 

$

300.0

 

 

$

157.0

 

Term Loan, net of debt issuance costs ($1.9 and $1.8)

 

 

121.9

 

 

 

72.9

 

 

 

 

421.9

 

 

 

229.9

 

Less: current maturities

 

 

(1.3

)

 

 

(0.8

)

Long-term debt, less current maturities

 

$

420.6

 

 

$

229.1

 

April 2017 ABL Facility

Effective April 25, 2017, the Company entered into a $350.0 million revolving credit and guaranty agreement (the “April 2017 ABL Facility” or “ABL Agreement”) with a syndicate of lenders. The April 2017 ABL Facility consists of: (i) Revolving Loans, (ii) Swing Line Loans, and (iii) Letters of Credit, aggregating up to a combined maximum of $350.0 million. The total amount borrowed under the April 2017 ABL Facility is subject to a $30.0 million sublimit for Swing Line loans and a $35.0 million sublimit for Letters of Credit, along with certain borrowing base and other customary restrictions as defined in the ABL Agreement. The Company incurred $4.9 million of debt issuance costs related to the April 2017 ABL Facility. The amount of debt issuance costs is included in other long-term assets in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of October 31, 2018.

The April 2017 ABL Facility allows for incremental borrowing capacity in an aggregate amount of up to $100.0 million, plus the excess, if any, of the borrowing base then in effect over total commitments then in effect. Any such incremental borrowing capacity is subject to receiving additional commitments from lenders and certain other customary conditions. The April 2017 ABL Facility matures on April 25, 2022. The Company may prepay principal, in whole or in part, at any time without penalty.

On December 22, 2017 the Company exercised a $100.0 million incremental borrowing capacity option under the April 2017 ABL Facility, which increased total borrowing capacity under the facility from $350.0 million to $450.0 million. The Company incurred an additional $0.4 million of debt issuance costs related to the incremental borrowing capacity option under the April 2017 ABL Facility.

Revolving Loans under the April 2017 ABL Facility bear interest at rates equal to, at the Company’s option, either a base rate plus an applicable margin, or a Eurodollar rate plus an applicable margin. Applicable interest rate margins are initially 0.75% for all base rate loans and 1.75% for all Eurodollar rate loans (with the Eurodollar rate having a floor of 0%), subject to adjustment based on utilization in accordance with the ABL Agreement. Interest is payable quarterly for all base rate loans and is payable monthly or quarterly for all Eurodollar rate loans.

The lenders under the April 2017 ABL Facility have a first priority security interest in substantially all accounts receivable and inventory of the Company, and a second priority security interest in substantially all other assets of the Company.

F-19


Table of Contents

 

The April 2017 ABL Facility contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, subject in certain cases to customary limitations, exceptions and exclusions. The April 2017 ABL Facility also contains certain customary events of default, which should such events occur, could result in the termination of the commitments under the April 2017 ABL Facility and the acceleration of all outstanding borrowings under it. The April 2017 ABL Facility contains a financial covenant restricting the Company from allowing its fixed charge coverage ratio to drop below 1.00 to 1.00 during a compliance period, which is triggered when the availability under the April 2017 ABL Facility falls below a threshold set forth in the credit agreement.

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the April 2017 ABL Facility as of October 31, 2018. As of October 31, 2018, the Company’s availability under the April 2017 ABL Facility was $137.0 million.

October 2013 ABL Facility

On April 25, 2017, the Company repaid all outstanding loans and obligations under its $150.0 million senior secured revolving credit and guaranty agreement (the “ABL Facility”) in full, and that ABL Facility was terminated and resulted in a $0.7 million loss on early extinguishment of debt, which consisted entirely of the write-off of unamortized debt issuance costs.

Term Loan

Effective April 25, 2017, the Company entered into a $75.0 million term loan agreement (“Term Loan” and “Term Loan Agreement”), as Borrower with certain subsidiaries of the Company, acting as guarantors of debt. Principal may be prepaid at any time during the term of the Term Loan without penalty. The Company incurred $2.0 million of debt issuance costs related to the Term Loan.

The Term Loan Agreement allows for incremental facilities in an aggregate amount of up to $125.0 million. Any such incremental facilities are subject to receiving additional commitments from lenders and certain other customary conditions. The Term Loan agreement requires quarterly payments of 0.25% of the original principal balance, with remaining principal payable at maturity, April 25, 2022.

On July 18, 2018, the Company exercised a $50.0 million incremental commitment option under the Term Loan Agreement, which increased total borrowing under the facility from $75.0 million to $125.0 million. The Company incurred an additional $0.6 million of debt issuance costs related to the incremental commitment option under the Term Loan. Proceeds from the incremental commitment were used to repay a portion of the outstanding borrowings under the April 2017 ABL Facility.

Applicable interest rate margins for the Term Loan are 2.50% for base rate loans and 3.50% for Eurodollar rate loans (with the Eurodollar rate having a floor of 1.00%). Interest is payable quarterly for all base rate loans, and is payable monthly or quarterly for all Eurodollar rate loans.

The Term Loan Agreement contains customary representations and warranties, affirmative and negative covenants, in each case, subject to customary limitations, exceptions and exclusions. The Term Loan Agreement also contains certain customary events of default. The Term Loan Agreement requires the Company to maintain a specified secured leverage ratio of 3.50 to 1.00.

The Company was in compliance with all financial covenants under the Term Loan as of October 31, 2018.

Senior Secured Notes

On January 17, 2017, the Company issued a Notice of Conditional Redemption for its 8.5% Senior Secured Notes (the “Notes”), subject to the completion of the Company’s IPO, to redeem all the outstanding Notes at a redemption price of 104.250% plus accrued and unpaid interest. On February 16, 2017, the Company redeemed all Notes, which were outstanding as of that date, and retired the debt. As a result of this redemption, the Company recorded a $11.2 million loss associated with the early extinguishment of the debt, which consisted of a prepayment premium of $7.7 million, $3.1 million of unamortized debt issuance costs and $0.4 million of original issue discount.

Note 10. Warranties

The Company’s products generally carry explicit warranties that extend from several months to several years, based on terms that are generally accepted in their respective markets. Selected components (such as engines, transmissions, tires, etc.) included in the Company’s end products may include warranties from original equipment manufacturers (“OEM”). These OEM warranties are passed

F-20


Table of Contents

 

on to the end customer of the Company’s products, and in some cases the customer deals directly with the applicable OEM manufacturer for any issues encountered.

Changes in the Company’s warranty liability consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

40.2

 

 

$

38.8

 

Warranty provisions

 

 

24.1

 

 

 

29.5

 

Settlements made

 

 

(32.0

)

 

 

(34.0

)

Warranties for current year acquisitions

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

6.7

 

Changes in liability of pre-existing warranties

 

 

(2.9

)

 

 

(0.8

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

30.8

 

 

$

40.2

 

 

Accrued warranty is classified in the Company’s consolidated balance sheets as follows:

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Current liabilities

 

$

19.0

 

 

$

26.0

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

11.8

 

 

 

14.2

 

Total warranty liability

 

$

30.8

 

 

$

40.2

 

 

Note 11. Leases

Certain administrative and production facilities and equipment are leased under long-term, non-cancelable operating lease agreements. Most leases contain renewal options for varying periods. Leases generally require the Company to pay for insurance, taxes and maintenance of the property.

Total rental expenses for property, plant and equipment charged to operations under non-cancelable operating leases was $8.3 million, $4.9 million and $3.7 million during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments due under operating leases for the subsequent five fiscal years are as follows:

 

2019

 

$

2.1

 

2020

 

 

2.1

 

2021

 

 

1.9

 

2022

 

 

1.9

 

2023

 

 

1.7

 

 

Note 12. Employee Benefits

The Company has a defined contribution 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. The plan allows employees to defer up to 100% of their employment income (subject to annual contribution limits imposed by the I.R.S.) after all taxes and applicable benefit deductions. Each employee who elects to participate is eligible to receive Company matching contributions that are based on employee contributions to the plans, subject to certain limitations. Amounts expensed for the Company’s matching and discretionary contributions were $9.7 million, $7.1 million and $6.1 million during fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Note 13. Stock Repurchase Program

On March 20, 2018 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized up to $50.0 million of repurchases of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock with an expiration date of March 19, 2020. On September 5, 2018 the Company’s Board of Directors authorized an additional $50.0 million of repurchases of the Company’s issued and outstanding common stock with an expiration date of September 4, 2020. The Company’s share repurchase program is executed from time to time through open market or through private transactions. Shares purchased under the share repurchase program are retired and returned to authorized and unissued status. As of October 31, 2018, the Company had $46.7 million of authorization remaining under this program. During fiscal year 2018, the

F-21


Table of Contents

 

Company repurchased 3,233,352 shares under this repurchase program at a total cost of $53.3 million at an average price per share of $16.47.

Note 14. Stock Compensation

The 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2016” Plan”) has 8,000,000 shares authorized for issuance with approximately 673,957 shares remaining at October 31, 2018. The 2016 Plan replaced the 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2010 Plan”) in January 2017 in connection with our IPO. While no new awards will be granted under the 2010 Plan, awards previously made under that plan that were outstanding as of the approval date of the 2016 Plan will remain outstanding and continue to be governed by the provisions of the 2010 Plan.

Stock-based compensation consists of service-based and performance-based share awards that typically vest over a period of one to five years from the date of grant, provided that the recipient is still our employee at the time of vesting. Our independent non-employee directors receive annual grants of service-based share awards that vest following 12 months of service. Prior to our IPO, we had granted stock options that have a term of up to 10 years and typically vest over a period of one to four years. No options have been granted subsequent to the IPO.

For fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recorded stock-based compensation expense of $6.3 million, $26.6 million and $19.7 million, respectively, as selling, general and administrative expenses in the Company’s consolidated statements of income. The actual income tax benefit realized totaled $1.7 million, $10.1 million and $7.5 million for those same periods.

Restricted Stock Units Awards: The Company has granted restricted stock units to certain employees and non-employee directors.

The change in the number of unvested restricted stock units outstanding consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units Outstanding

 

 

Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit

 

Outstanding, October 31, 2017

 

 

59,192

 

 

$

25.44

 

Granted

 

 

417,197

 

 

$

26.18

 

Exercised

 

 

(17,637

)

 

$

25.37

 

Cancelled

 

 

(44,719

)

 

$

28.78

 

Outstanding, October 31, 2018

 

 

414,033

 

 

$

25.83

 

Restricted stock awards generally vest over a three to four-year service period following the grant date.

As of October 31, 2018, the Company had $8.3 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to restricted stock awards, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3 years.

Performance Stock Units Awards: The Company has granted performance stock units to certain employees as follows:

 

 

 

Performance Stock Units Outstanding

 

 

Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit

 

Outstanding, October 31, 2017

 

 

73,101

 

 

$

27.36

 

Granted

 

 

121,167

 

 

$

22.70

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding, October 31, 2018

 

 

194,268

 

 

$

24.45

 

Performance stock unit awards generally vest over a three to four-year service period following the grant date.

As of October 31, 2018, the Company had $2.1 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to performance stock awards, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.4 years.

Stock Option Awards: Prior to the Company’s IPO, stockholders were party to a shareholder’s agreement that was amended and restated in its entirety. Due to provisions in that shareholders agreement, a shareholder could put his or her shares to us under certain circumstances. As such, certain outstanding stock options were considered liability awards and were recorded at intrinsic value, which is the difference between the estimated fair value of the Company’s common stock and the option strike price and recognized as a

F-22


Table of Contents

 

liability on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. Upon becoming a public entity, the Company recorded the liability awards at fair value. As a result of the IPO, the aforementioned put rights expired and the outstanding options were no longer considered liability awards and the fair value of the options were reclassified to shareholders’ equity. The fair value of the liability share awards was $26.5 million on the date of the Company’s IPO.

Stock option activity for fiscal years 2018 was as follows:

 

 

 

Number of

Shares

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Exercise

Price Per

Share

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

(in years)

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic

Value of

In-the-

Money

Options

 

Outstanding at October 31, 2017

 

 

3,063,668

 

 

$

5.80

 

 

 

6.8

 

 

$

61,282

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(1,757,984

)

 

 

5.53

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cancelled

 

 

(499,934

)

 

 

4.61

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at October 31, 2018

 

 

805,750

 

 

$

7.12

 

 

 

6.3

 

 

$

3,055

 

Exercisable at October 31, 2018

 

 

644,134

 

 

$

7.32

 

 

 

 

 

$

2,311

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value above reflects the total pre-tax intrinsic value (the difference between the per share fair value of the Company’s stock and the exercise price of the stock options, multiplied by the number of in-the-money stock options) that would have been received by the option holders had all option holders exercised their options on October 31, 2018 and October 31, 2017. The intrinsic value of the Company’s stock options changes based on the changes in the share price of the Company’s common stock.

As of October 31, 2018, the Company had $0.8 million of unrecognized compensation expense related to stock options, which will be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.2 years.

Note 15. Restructuring Charges 

In the first and second quarters of fiscal year 2018, the Company undertook cost reduction initiatives related to its Fire & Emergency, Commercial and Recreation segments, as well as its corporate office. Costs incurred in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 consisted of personnel costs, including severance, and other employee benefit payments, as well as facility closure expenses in the Recreation segment. Costs incurred in the second and third quarters of fiscal year 2018 relating to these initiatives consisted of personnel costs, including severance and other employee benefit payments, and facility lease termination expenses in the Recreation segment and its former Miami corporate office location.

Restructuring expenses for fiscal year 2016 and fiscal year 2017 are associated with the restructuring of the management functions and various product lines across the Company, including but not limited to severance, lease termination and other associated expenses.

A summary of the changes in the Company’s restructuring liability is as follows:

 

 

 

2018

Restructuring

 

 

2017

Restructuring

 

 

2016

Restructuring

 

 

Total

 

Balance at October 29, 2016

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

0.9

 

 

$

0.9

 

Expenses Incurred

 

 

 

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

3.0

 

 

 

4.5

 

Amounts Paid

 

 

 

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(3.9

)

 

 

(4.8

)

Balance at October 31, 2017

 

$

 

 

$

0.6

 

 

$

 

 

$

0.6

 

Expenses Incurred

 

 

7.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7.2

 

Amounts Paid

 

 

(6.9

)

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

(7.3

)

Balance at October 31, 2018

 

$

0.3

 

 

$

0.2

 

 

$

 

 

$

0.5

 

 

Note 16. Income Taxes

Income before (benefit) provision for income taxes is taxed in the following jurisdictions:

 

F-23


Table of Contents

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Domestic

 

$

5.2

 

 

$

54.7

 

 

$

43.2

 

Foreign

 

 

(3.0

)

 

 

(4.6

)

 

 

 

Income before (benefit) provision for income taxes

 

$

2.2

 

 

$

50.1

 

 

$

43.2

 

(Benefit) provision for income taxes is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

(6.8

)

 

$

12.1

 

 

$

12.6

 

State

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

4.1

 

Foreign

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Current

 

$

(6.7

)

 

$

15.8

 

 

$

16.7

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(6.4

)

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

(2.3

)

State

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(1.4

)

Foreign

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

(1.6

)

 

 

 

Total Deferred

 

 

(4.1

)

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

(3.7

)

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

$

(10.8

)

 

$

18.7

 

 

$

13.0

 

Income tax (benefit)/expense at the federal statutory rate is reconciled to the Company’s (benefit) provision for income taxes as follows:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Income tax expense at federal statutory rate

 

$

0.5

 

 

$

17.5

 

 

$

15.1

 

Taxes on foreign income which differ from the U.S. statutory rate

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

 

State expense

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

1.6

 

Deferred tax adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1.5

)

Manufacturing and research incentives

 

 

(2.7

)

 

 

(2.1

)

 

 

(3.0

)

Nondeductible items

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

0.9

 

 

 

1.0

 

Uncertain tax positions

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

2.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Remeasurement of deferred taxes - U.S. Tax Reform

 

 

(11.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other items

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.7

)

(Benefit) provision for income taxes

 

$

(10.8

)

 

$

18.7

 

 

$

13.0

 

Tax benefit for fiscal year 2018 was favorably impacted by the decrease in the U.S. tax rate and revaluation of net deferred tax liabilities, both as a result of tax legislation in the United States. Tax benefit was also favorably impacted by tax incentives for U.S. manufacturing and research, some of which can be attributed to federal provision-to-return adjustment. Tax benefit was unfavorably impacted by the addition of a valuation allowance on the deferred tax assets in Brazil.

Tax expense for fiscal year 2017 was favorably impacted by incentives for U.S. manufacturing and research and unfavorably impacted by nondeductible transaction costs related to business acquisitions and expenses related to the Company’s secondary stock offering.

Tax expense for fiscal year 2016 was favorably impacted by incentives for U.S. manufacturing and research as well as adjustments to deferred income tax balances. The deferred income tax balance adjustments were not material to current or previously issued financial statements.

No items included in Other items in the income tax reconciliation above are individually, or when appropriately aggregated, significant.

F-24


Table of Contents

 

On December 22, 2017, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Reform Act”) was signed and enacted into law. The Tax Reform Act significantly revised the U.S. corporate income tax regime by, among other things, lowering the corporate tax rate from 35% to 21% effective January 1, 2018, while also repealing the deduction for domestic production activities and implementing a territorial tax system. As a fiscal year taxpayer, the Company’s federal statutory tax rate reduction is effective January 1, 2018; therefore, the Company’s fiscal year 2018 estimated annual effective tax rate reflects the benefit from the reduced U.S. federal rate of 23.3%. A number of other provisions will not impact the Company until fiscal year 2019, such as elimination of the domestic manufacturing deduction and U.S. taxation of foreign earnings.

U.S. GAAP requires the impact of tax legislation be recognized in the period in which the law was enacted. In accordance with SEC Staff Accounting Bulletin No. 118, the Company recorded the estimated income tax impact of the Tax Reform Act during the first quarter and updated the estimate each quarter thereafter. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2018, the Company recorded a cumulative tax benefit of $11.3 million due to the remeasurement of net deferred tax liabilities. Although the $11.3 million tax benefit represents what the Company believes is a reasonable estimate of the income tax effects of the Tax Reform Act on its consolidated financial statements as of October 31, 2018, it is a provisional amount and will be impacted by the Company’s ongoing analysis of the legislation. Any adjustments to these provisional amounts will be reported as a component of income tax expense (benefit) in the reporting period in which any such adjustments are determined, which will be no later than the first quarter of fiscal year 2019.

Because of the complexity of the new Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (GILTI) tax rules, the Company continues to evaluate this provision of the Tax Reform Act and the application of ASC740, Income Taxes. Under U.S. GAAP, the Company is allowed to make an accounting policy choice of either (1) treating taxes due on future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI as a current period expense when incurred (the “period cost method”) or (2) factoring such amounts into the Company’s measurement of its deferred taxes (the “deferred method”). The Company's selection of an accounting policy with respect to the new GILTI tax rules will depend, in part, on analyzing its global income to determine whether it expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI and, if so, what the impact is expected to be. Whether the Company expects to have future U.S. inclusions in taxable income related to GILTI depends on not only the Company's current structure and estimated future results of global operations but also its intent and ability to modify its structure. The Company is currently in the process of analyzing its structure and, as a result, is not yet able to reasonably estimate the effect of this provision of the Tax Reform Act. Therefore, the Company has not made any adjustments related to potential GILTI tax in its financial statements and has not made a policy decision regarding whether to use the period cost method or the deferred method.

Temporary differences and carryforwards that give rise to deferred tax assets and liabilities include the following items:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Product warranty

 

$

7.9

 

 

$

15.8

 

Inventory

 

 

6.7

 

 

 

7.7

 

Deferred employee benefits

 

 

1.7

 

 

 

13.8

 

Net operating loss and credit carryforwards

 

 

13.6

 

 

 

6.2

 

Other reserves and allowances

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

3.4

 

Gross deferred tax assets

 

 

32.4

 

 

 

46.9

 

Less valuation allowance

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

(0.1

)

Deferred tax assets

 

 

30.1

 

 

 

46.8

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

(28.4

)

 

 

(45.9

)

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

(20.6

)

 

 

(20.6

)

Other

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(1.3

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(49.9

)

 

 

(67.8

)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(19.8

)

 

$

(21.0

)

 

F-25


Table of Contents

 

The net deferred tax assets/ (liabilities) recorded in the consolidated balance sheet are as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Noncurrent deferred tax asset

 

$

0.1

 

 

$

1.5

 

Noncurrent deferred tax liability

 

 

(19.9

)

 

 

(22.5

)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(19.8

)

 

$

(21.0

)

As of each balance sheet date, management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets. In fiscal year 2018, the Company recorded a valuation allowance against its net deferred tax asset in Brazil as the Company does not expect to utilize them. As a result, the Company recognized $2.2 million of tax expense in fiscal year 2018. As of October 31, 2018, and October 31, 2017, the Company has a valuation allowance of $2.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

The Company will continue to evaluate its valuation allowance requirements in light of changing facts and circumstances and may adjust its deferred tax valuation allowances accordingly. It is reasonably possible that the Company will either add to or reverse a portion of its existing deferred tax asset valuation allowance in the future. Such changes in the deferred tax asset valuation allowances could have a material effect on operating results.

At October 31, 2018, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards for U.S. federal income tax purposes of $36.8 million, some of which are subject to annual limitations and begin to expire in 2029. The Company has state net operating loss carryforwards of $20.2 million, which begin to expire in 2027. The Company also has net operating loss carryforwards generated in Canada of $0.6 million, which are offset by a valuation allowance because the losses are projected to expire prior to being utilized. In addition, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards of $4.1 million generated in Brazil, which are offset by a valuation allowance because the Company does not expect to utilize them. The Company has general business tax and AMT credit carryforwards for federal income tax purposes of $1.9 million. The Company also has state credit carryforwards of $1.3 million.

The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, files income tax returns in the U.S, Canada, Brazil, Singapore and various state jurisdictions. With few exceptions, fiscal years 2015, 2016 and 2017 remain open to tax examination by Brazilian, Canadian and U.S. federal and state tax authorities.

The Company regularly assesses the likelihood of an adverse outcome resulting from examinations to determine the adequacy of its tax reserves. As of October 31, 2018, the company believes that it is more likely than not that the tax positions it has taken will be sustained upon the resolution of its audits resulting in no material impact on its consolidated financial position and the results of operations and cash flows. However, the final determination with respect to any tax audits, and any related litigation, could be materially different from the company’s estimates and/or from its historical income tax provisions and accruals and could have a material effect on operating results and/or cash flows in the periods for which that determination is made. In addition, future period earnings may be adversely impacted by litigation costs, settlements, penalties, and/or interest assessments.

During fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016, the Company recognized in the consolidated statement of income $(0.1) million, $0.0 million, and $0.2 million, respectively, for interest and penalties related to uncertain tax liabilities, which the Company recognizes as a part of its (benefit) provision for income taxes. As of October 31, 2018, and October 31, 2017, the Company has accrued interest and penalties of $0.1 million and $0.2 million, respectively.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits are as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Balance at beginning of year

 

$

2.6

 

 

$

2.7

 

 

$

4.2

 

Additions (reductions) for tax positions in

   prior year

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

(1.5

)

Additions for tax positions in current year

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.2

 

Cash settlements with taxing authorities

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Statute of limitations

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Balance at end of year

 

$

2.1

 

 

$

2.6

 

 

$

2.7

 

F-26


Table of Contents

 

If recognized, $2.2 million, $2.9 million, and $2.9 million of the Company’s unrecognized tax benefits as of October 31, 2018, October 31, 2017 and October 29, 2016 respectively, would affect the Company’s effective income tax rate. A portion of the unrecognized tax benefits relate to state tax issues of acquired companies for which the Company will be indemnified by the seller. As such, an offsetting asset in the amount of $0.9 million is included in other long-term assets.

During the next twelve months, it is reasonably possible that federal and state tax resolutions could reduce unrecognized tax benefits and income tax expense by up to $0.2 million, either because the Company’s tax positions are sustained on audit or settled, or the applicable statute of limitations closes.

Note 17. Commitments and Contingencies

Personal Injury Actions and Other: Product and general liability claims arise against the Company from time to time in the ordinary course of business. These claims are generally covered by third-party insurance. There is inherent uncertainty as to the eventual resolution of unsettled claims. Management, however, believes that any losses will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Market Risks: The Company is contingently liable under bid, performance and specialty bonds and has open standby letters of credit issued by the Company’s banks in favor of third parties as follows:

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

Performance, bid and specialty bonds

 

$

228.2

 

 

$

272.2

 

Open standby letters of credit

 

 

13.0

 

 

 

7.2

 

Total

 

$

241.2

 

 

$

279.4

 

 

Chassis Contingent Liabilities: The Company obtains certain vehicle chassis from automobile manufacturers under converter pool agreements. These agreements generally provide that the manufacturer will supply chassis at the Company’s various production facilities under the terms and conditions set forth in the agreement. The manufacturer does not transfer the certificate of origin to the Company and, accordingly, the chassis are treated as consigned inventory of the automobile manufacturer. Upon being put into production, the Company becomes obligated to pay the manufacturer for the chassis. Chassis are typically converted and delivered to customers within 90 to 120 days of receipt. If the chassis are not converted within this timeframe of delivery, the Company generally purchases the chassis and records inventory or the Company is obligated to begin paying an interest charge on this inventory until purchased. Such agreements are customary in the industries in which the Company operates and the Company’s exposure to loss under such agreements is limited by the value of the vehicles that would be repossessed and resold to mitigate any losses. The Company’s contingent liability under such agreements was $54.5 million and $85.9 million as of October 31, 2018 and October 31, 2017, respectively.

Repurchase Commitments: The Company has entered into repurchase agreements with certain lending institutions. The repurchase commitments are on an individual unit basis with a term from the date it is financed by the lending institution through payment date by the dealer or other customer, generally not exceeding two years. The Company’s outstanding obligations under such agreements were $310.5 million and $288.5 million as of October 31, 2018, and October 31, 2017, respectively. This value represents the gross value of all vehicles under repurchase agreements and does not take into consideration proceeds that would be received upon resale of repossessed vehicles, which would be used to reduce the Company’s ultimate net liability. Such agreements are customary in the industries in which the Company operates and the Company’s exposure to loss under such agreements is limited by the potential loss on the resale value of the inventory which is required to be repurchased. Losses incurred under such arrangements have not been significant and the Company expects this pattern to continue. The reserve for losses included in other liabilities on contracts outstanding at October 31, 2018 and October 31, 2017 is immaterial.

Guarantee Arrangements: The Company is party to multiple agreements whereby it guarantees indebtedness of others, including losses under loss pool agreements. The Company estimated that its maximum loss exposure under these contracts was $25.2 million at October 31, 2018 and $0.6 million at October 31, 2017. Under the terms of these and various related agreements and upon the occurrence of certain events, the Company generally has the ability to, among other things, take possession of the underlying collateral. If the financial condition of the customers and dealers were to deteriorate and result in their inability to make payments, then additional accruals may be required. While the Company does not expect to experience losses under these agreements that are materially in excess of the amounts reserved, it cannot provide any assurance that the financial condition of the third parties will not deteriorate resulting in the third party’s inability to meet their obligations.

F-27


Table of Contents

 

In the event that third parties are unable to meet obligations under these agreements, the Company cannot guarantee that the collateral underlying the agreements will be available or sufficient to avoid losses materially in excess of the amounts reserved. Any losses under these guarantees would generally be mitigated by the value of any underlying collateral, including financed equipment, and are generally subject to the finance company’s ability to provide the Company clear title to foreclosed equipment and other conditions. During periods of economic weakness, collateral values generally decline and can contribute to higher exposure to losses.

Environmental Remediation Costs: The Company accrues for losses associated with environmental remediation obligations when such losses are probable and reasonably estimable. The liabilities are developed based on currently available information and reflect the participation of other potentially responsible parties, depending on the parties’ financial condition and probable contribution. The accruals are recorded at undiscounted amounts and are reflected as liabilities on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets. Recoveries of environmental remediation costs from other parties are recorded as assets when their receipt is deemed probable. The accruals are adjusted as further information develops or circumstances change. At October 31, 2018 and October 31, 2017, the total accrual for environmental remediation costs was immaterial.

Other Matters: The Company is, from time to time, party to various legal proceedings arising out of ordinary course of business. The amount of alleged liability, if any, from these proceedings cannot be determined with certainty; however, the Company believes that its ultimate liability, if any, arising from pending legal proceedings, as well as from asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims, which are probable of assertion, taking into account established accruals for estimated liabilities, should not be material to the business, financial condition or results of operations.

A consolidated federal putative securities class action in the Central District of California and a consolidated state putative securities class action in the Eastern District of Wisconsin are pending against us and certain of our officers and directors, each on behalf of a putative class of purchasers of our common stock in or traceable to the Company’s January 2017 IPO and of purchasers in our secondary offering of common stock in October 2017, as well as, for the federal action, purchasers from October 10, 2017 through June 7, 2018. The actions also name certain of the underwriters for the Company’s IPO or secondary offering as defendants. The federal and state courts each consolidated multiple separate actions pending before them, the first of which was filed on June 8, 2018. The actions allege certain violations of the Securities Act of 1933 and, for the federal action, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Collectively, the actions seek certification of the putative classes asserted and compensatory damages and attorneys’ fees and costs. The underwriter defendants have notified the Company of their intent to seek indemnification from the Company pursuant to the IPO underwriting agreement regarding the claims asserted with respect to the IPO, and the Company expects the underwriters to do the same in regard to the claims asserted with respect to the October 2017 offering. The Company and the other defendants intend to defend these lawsuits vigorously. Additional lawsuits may be filed and, at this time, the Company is unable to predict the outcome of the lawsuits, the possible loss or range of loss, if any, associated with the resolution of the lawsuits, or any potential effect that it may have on the Company or its operations.

The Company is subject to certain other legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of business. Although the results of all such other matters and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, management believes that the ultimate resolution of all such matters and claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Actual results could vary, among other things, due to the uncertainties involved in litigation.

Note 18. Earnings Per Common Share

Basic earnings per common share (“EPS”) is computed by dividing net income by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding including shares of contingently redeemable common stock. Diluted EPS is computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding assuming dilution. The table below reconciles basic weighted-average common shares outstanding to diluted weighted-average shares outstanding for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Basic weighted-average common shares outstanding

 

 

63,966,977

 

 

 

60,738,242

 

 

 

51,587,200

 

Dilutive stock options

 

 

1,242,644

 

 

 

1,652,521

 

 

 

186,560

 

Dilutive restricted stock units

 

 

548

 

 

 

14,729

 

 

 

 

Dilutive performance stock units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted weighted-average common shares

 

 

65,210,169

 

 

 

62,405,492

 

 

 

51,773,760

 

 

F-28


Table of Contents

 

The table below represents exclusions from the calculation of weighted-average shares outstanding assuming dilution due to the anti-dilutive effect of the common stock equivalents for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anti-Dilutive Stock Options

 

 

97,085

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,312,000

 

Anti-Dilutive Restricted Stock Units

 

 

574,359

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anti-Dilutive Performance Stock Units

 

 

91,509

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anti-Dilutive Common Stock Equivalents

 

 

762,953

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,312,000

 

 

Note 19. Business Segment Information

The Company is organized into three reportable segments based on management’s process for making operating decisions, allocating capital and measuring performance, and based on the similarity of products, customers served, common use of facilities, and economic characteristics. The Company’s segments are as follows: 

Fire & Emergency: This segment includes KME, E-One, Inc., Ferrara, American Emergency Vehicles, Inc., Leader Emergency Vehicles, Inc., Horton Enterprises, Inc., REV Ambulance Orlando and REV Brazil. These business units manufacture and market commercial and custom fire and emergency vehicles primarily for fire departments, airports, other governmental units, contractors, hospitals and other care providers in the United States and other countries.

Commercial: This segment includes Collins Bus, Champion Bus, Inc., ENC, ElDorado National (Kansas), Inc., Revability, Capacity, Lay-Mor and REV Coach. Collins Bus manufactures, markets and distributes school buses, normally referred to as Type A school buses, as well as shuttle buses used for churches, transit authorities, hotels and resorts, retirement centers and other similar uses. Champion Bus, Inc., ENC, ElDorado National (Kansas), Inc. and Revability manufacture, market and distribute shuttle buses and mobility vans for transit, airport car rental and hotel/motel shuttles, tour and charter operations and other uses under several well-established brand names. Capacity manufactures, markets and distributes trucks used in terminal type operations, i.e., rail yards, warehouses, rail terminals and shipping terminals/ports. Lay-Mor manufactures, markets and distributes industrial sweepers for both the commercial and rental markets.

Recreation: This segment includes REV Recreation Group, Inc. (“RRG”), Goldshield Fiberglass, Inc. (“Goldshield”), Renegade, Midwest and Lance, and their respective manufacturing facilities, service and parts divisions. RRG primarily manufactures, markets and distributes Class A and Class C mobile RVs in both gas and diesel models. Renegade primarily manufacturers Class C and “Super C” RVs and heavy-duty special application trailers. Goldshield manufactures, markets and distributes fiberglass reinforced molded parts to a diverse cross section of original equipment manufacturers and other commercial and industrial customers, including various components for RRG, which is one of Goldshield’s primary customers. Midwest manufactures Class B RVs and luxury vans. Lance designs, engineers and manufactures truck campers, towable campers and toy haulers.

For purposes of measuring financial performance of its business segments, the Company does not allocate to individual business segments costs or items that are of a corporate nature. The caption “Corporate and Other” includes corporate office expenses, results of insignificant operations, intersegment eliminations and income and expense not allocated to reportable segments.

Total assets of the business segments exclude general corporate assets, which principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, certain property, plant and equipment and certain other assets pertaining to corporate and other centralized activities.

Intersegment sales generally include amounts invoiced by a segment for work performed for another segment. Amounts are based on actual work performed and agreed-upon pricing which is intended to be reflective of the contribution made by the supplying business segment. All intersegment transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-29


Table of Contents

 

Selected financial information of the Company’s segments is as follows:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2018

 

 

 

Fire &

Emergency

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Recreation

 

 

Corporate,

Other & Elims

 

 

Consolidated

 

Net Sales

 

$

956.6

 

 

$

638.5

 

 

$

811.9

 

 

$

(25.7

)

 

$

2,381.3

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

15.3

 

 

$

10.0

 

 

$

13.4

 

 

$

7.3

 

 

$

46.0

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

7.9

 

 

$

4.2

 

 

$

9.7

 

 

$

18.8

 

 

$

40.6

 

Total assets

 

$

612.4

 

 

$

293.2

 

 

$

383.2

 

 

$

119.3

 

 

$

1,408.1

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

86.0

 

 

$

38.1

 

 

$

60.4

 

 

$

(36.5

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017

 

 

 

Fire &

Emergency

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Recreation

 

 

Corporate

and Other

 

 

Consolidated

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales—External Customers

 

$

984.0

 

 

$

620.1

 

 

$

659.8

 

 

$

3.9

 

 

$

2,267.8

 

Net Sales—Intersegment

 

$

 

 

$

9.4

 

 

$

12.9

 

 

$

(22.3

)

 

$

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

14.6

 

 

$

8.5

 

 

$

11.0

 

 

$

3.7

 

 

$

37.8

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

9.5

 

 

$

6.4

 

 

$

5.5

 

 

$

32.6

 

 

$

54.0

 

Total assets

 

$

606.0

 

 

$

281.6

 

 

$

263.9

 

 

$

102.9

 

 

$

1,254.4

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

109.5

 

 

$

50.5

 

 

$

36.2

 

 

$

(33.7

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2016

 

 

 

Fire &

Emergency

 

 

Commercial

 

 

Recreation

 

 

Corporate

and Other

 

 

Consolidated

 

Sales:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net Sales—External Customers

 

$

768.1

 

 

$

679.0

 

 

$

478.1

 

 

$

0.8

 

 

$

1,926.0

 

Net Sales—Intersegment

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

10.6

 

 

$

(10.6

)

 

$

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

$

9.7

 

 

$

8.1

 

 

$

5.0

 

 

$

1.8

 

 

$

24.6

 

Capital expenditures

 

$

9.6

 

 

$

5.9

 

 

$

3.6

 

 

$

18.4

 

 

$

37.5

 

Total assets

 

$

411.0

 

 

$

269.0

 

 

$

172.0

 

 

$

37.0

 

 

$

889.0

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

85.2

 

 

$

53.4

 

 

$

11.0

 

 

$

(26.8

)

 

 

 

 

The following tables present net sales by geographic region based on product shipment destination for fiscal years 2018, 2017 and 2016:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2018

 

 

 

U.S.

and Canada

 

 

Europe/

Africa

 

 

Rest of

World

 

 

Total

 

Fire & Emergency

 

$

938.2

 

 

$

3.3

 

 

$

15.1

 

 

$

956.6

 

Commercial

 

 

632.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

6.2

 

 

 

638.5

 

Recreation

 

 

808.2

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

811.9

 

Corporate, Other & Elims

 

 

(26.2

)

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

(25.7

)

Total Net Sales

 

$

2,352.5

 

 

$

3.4

 

 

$

25.4

 

 

$

2,381.3

 

F-30


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2017

 

 

 

U.S.

and Canada

 

 

Europe/

Africa

 

 

Rest of

World

 

 

Total

 

Fire & Emergency

 

$

969.4

 

 

$

0.9

 

 

$

13.7

 

 

$

984.0

 

Commercial

 

 

610.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

9.3

 

 

 

620.1

 

Recreation

 

 

656.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

659.8

 

Corporate & Other

 

 

3.9

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.9

 

Total Net Sales—External Customers

 

$

2,240.6

 

 

$

0.9

 

 

$

26.3

 

 

$

2,267.8

 

Intersegment Sales

 

$

22.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Eliminations

 

 

(22.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2016

 

 

 

U.S.

and Canada

 

 

Europe/

Africa

 

 

Rest of

World

 

 

Total

 

Fire & Emergency

 

$

758.5

 

 

$

0.7

 

 

$

8.9

 

 

$

768.1

 

Commercial

 

 

672.6

 

 

 

0.5

 

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

679.0

 

Recreation

 

 

475.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

 

478.1

 

Corporate and other

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.8

 

Total Net Sales—External Customers

 

$

1,906.9

 

 

$

1.2

 

 

$

17.9

 

 

$

1,926.0

 

Intersegment Sales

 

$

10.6

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate Eliminations

 

 

(10.6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

In considering the financial performance of the business, the chief operating decision maker analyzes the primary financial performance measure of Adjusted EBITDA. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as net income for the relevant period before depreciation and amortization, interest expense and provision (benefit) for income taxes, as adjusted for transaction expenses, sponsor expenses, restructuring costs, loss on early extinguishment of debt, certain legal matters, non-cash purchase accounting expenses, stock-based compensation expense, initial public company costs, impairment charges, losses attributable to assets held for sale, and deferred purchase price payment which the Company believes are not indicative of the Company’s ongoing operating performance. Adjusted EBITDA is not a measure defined by U.S. GAAP but is computed using amounts that are determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP. A reconciliation of this performance measure to income before provision for income taxes is included below.

F-31


Table of Contents

 

The Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and used by management for measuring profitability because the measure excludes the impact of certain items which management believes has less bearing on the Company’s core operating performance. The Company believes that utilizing Adjusted EBITDA allows for a more meaningful comparison of operating fundamentals between companies within its industries by eliminating the impact of capital structure and taxation differences between the companies.

The Company also adjusts for exceptional items which are determined to be those that in management’s judgment need to be disclosed by virtue of their size, nature or incidence, which include non-cash items and items settled in cash. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors such as the frequency or predictability of occurrence. This is consistent with the way that financial performance is measured by management and reported to the Company’s Board of Directors, assists in providing a meaningful analysis of the Company’s operating performance and used as a measurement in incentive compensation for management.

Provided below is a reconciliation of segment Adjusted EBITDA to net income:

 

 

 

Fiscal Year Ended

 

 

 

October 31,

2018

 

 

October 31,

2017

 

 

October 29,

2016

 

Fire & Emergency Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

86.0

 

 

$

109.5

 

 

$

85.2

 

Commercial Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

38.1

 

 

 

50.5

 

 

 

53.4

 

Recreation Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

60.4

 

 

 

36.2

 

 

 

11.0

 

Corporate and Other Adjusted EBITDA

 

 

(36.5

)

 

 

(33.7

)

 

 

(26.8

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(45.5

)

 

 

(37.8

)

 

 

(24.6

)

Interest expense, net

 

 

(25.3

)

 

 

(20.7

)

 

 

(29.2

)

Benefit (provision) for income taxes

 

 

12.2

 

 

 

(18.7

)

 

 

(13.0

)

Transaction expenses

 

 

(2.8

)

 

 

(5.2

)

 

 

(1.6

)

Sponsor expenses

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(0.6

)

 

 

(0.2

)

Restructuring costs

 

 

(7.0

)

 

 

(4.5

)

 

 

(3.5

)

Stock-based compensation expense

 

 

(6.3

)

 

 

(26.6

)

 

 

(19.7

)

Non-cash purchase accounting

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(5.1

)

 

 

(0.8

)

Loss on early extinguishment of debt

 

 

-

 

 

 

(11.9

)

 

 

-

 

Legal matters

 

 

(5.5

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

First year public company costs

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Impairment charges

 

 

(35.6

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Losses attributable to assets held for sale

 

 

(9.9

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Deferred purchase price payment

 

 

(6.0

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Net Income

 

$

13.0

 

 

$

31.4

 

 

$

30.2

 

 

 

 

F-32


Table of Contents

 

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

In accordance with Rule 13a-15(b) of the Exchange Act, the Company’s management evaluated, with the participation of the Company’s President and Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a- 15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of October 31, 2017, the end of the period covered by this report. Based upon their evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this report to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time period specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) rules and forms, and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the Company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The Company’s management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. The Company’s internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of published financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

The Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of October 31, 2018 using the criteria set forth in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on its assessment, management believes that as of October 31, 2018, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, RSM US LLP, has issued an attestation report on our internal control over financial reporting. The report appears in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

No change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) occurred during fiscal year 2018 that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

57


Table of Contents

 

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

The information required by this item will appear in our definitive proxy statement for our 2019 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (the “Proxy Statement”), which information is incorporated in this item by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required by Item 402 of Regulation S-K will be included under the captions “Executive Compensation” and “Director Compensation” in our Proxy Statement, which sections are incorporated in this item by reference. The information required by Item 407(e)(4) of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Corporate Governance–Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference.

The information required by Item 407(e)(5) of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Executive Compensation—Compensation Committee Report” in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

The information required by this item will appear under the headings “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference.

The information required by Item 201(d) of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference.

The information required by Item 403 of Regulation S-K will be included under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required by this item will appear under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions” in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required by this item will appear under the heading “Proposal No. 2 Ratification of Selection of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the Proxy Statement, which section is incorporated in this item by reference.

 

58


Table of Contents

 

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

 

(a)

The following information required under this item is filed as a part of this report:

 

(1)

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of October 31, 2018 and October 31, 2017

For the Fiscal Years Ended October 31, 2018, October 31, 2017, and October 29, 2016:

Consolidated Statements of Income and Comprehensive Income

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity and Contingently Redeemable Common Stock

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(2)

Financial Statement Schedules:

All schedules are omitted because of the absence of the conditions under which they are required or because the information required is shown in the consolidated financial statements or the notes thereto in this Form 10-K.

 

(2)

Exhibits

Refer to the Exhibit Index incorporated herein by reference. Each management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement required to be filed as an exhibit to this report is identified in the Exhibit Index by an asterisk following the Exhibit Number.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary.

None.

 

 

59


Table of Contents

 

Exhibit Index

 

Exhibit

Number

 

Description

    3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 of the REV Group, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-37999), filed on March 7, 2017)

 

 

 

    3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 of the REV Group, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-37999), filed on March 7, 2017)

 

 

 

  10.1

 

Form of Amended and Restated Shareholders Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Amendment No. 3 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on January 10, 2017)

 

 

 

  10.2

 

Revolving Credit and Guaranty Agreement, by and among the Company, as Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantor Subsidiaries, Ally Bank, as Administrative Agent and Ally Bank and BMO Harris Bank N.A., as Co-Collateral Agents, and certain other lenders and agents party thereto, dated April 25, 2017. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of the REV Group, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K (file no. 001-37999), filed on April 25, 2017)

 

 

 

  10.3

 

Term Loan and Guaranty Agreement, by and among the Company, as Borrower, certain subsidiaries of the Company, as Guarantor Subsidiaries, Ally Bank, as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent, and certain other lenders and agents party thereto, dated April 25, 2017. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of the REV Group, Inc. Current Report on Form 8-K (file no. 001-37999), filed on April 25, 2017)

 

 

 

  10.4

 

Allied Specialty Vehicles, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1 (file no. 333-214209), filed on October 24, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.5

 

Form of Directors and Executive Officer Indemnification Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.6

 

Form of Registration Rights Agreement (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 of Amendment No. 3 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on January 10, 2017)

 

 

 

  10.7

 

Form of Stock Option Award Agreement pursuant to the Allied Specialty Vehicles, Inc. 2010 Long-Term Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.8

 

Offer Letter, dated July 9, 2014, between American Industrial Partners and Timothy W. Sullivan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.9

 

Offer Letter, dated December 21, 2015, between the Registrant and Dean Nolden (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.10

 

Offer Letter, dated October 9, 2014, between Allied Specialty Vehicles and Marcus Berto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.11

 

Offer Letter, dated February 5, 2016, between the Registrant and Thomas B. Phillips (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.12

 

Offer Letter, dated February 5, 2016, between the Registrant and Barbara H. Stephens (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.13

 

Professional Services Agreement, dated October 10, 2016, between the Registrant and R. Eugene Goodson (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.15 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.14

 

REV Group, Inc. Cash Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.16 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

 

 

 

  10.15

 

REV Group, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.17 of Amendment No. 2 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on December 23, 2016)

60


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

  10.16

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under REV Group, Inc. 2016 Omnibus Incentive Plan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.18 of Amendment No. 3 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on January 10, 2017)

 

 

 

  10.17

 

REV Group, Inc. Non-Employee Directors Compensation (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.19 of Amendment No. 3 of the REV Group, Inc. registration statement on Form S-1/A (file no. 333-214209), filed on January 10, 2017)

 

 

 

  10.18*

 

Consulting Agreement, dated June 25, 2018, between the Registrant and Pamela S. Krop

 

 

 

  10.19

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated March 1, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Marcus Berto (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 of Amendment No. 1 of the REV Group, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-37999), filed on September 5, 2018)

 

 

 

  10.20

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated March 1, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Pamela S. Krop (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 of Amendment No. 1 of the REV Group, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-37999), filed on September 5, 2018)

 

  10.21

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated March 1, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Dean J. Nolden (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 of Amendment No. 1 of the REV Group, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-37999), filed on September 5, 2018)

 

  10.22

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated March 1, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Barbara S. Stephens (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 of Amendment No. 1 of the REV Group, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-37999), filed on September 5, 2018)

 

  10.23

 

Change in Control Severance Agreement, dated March 1, 2018, by and between the Registrant and Timothy W. Sullivan (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 of Amendment No. 1 of the REV Group, Inc. Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (file no. 001-37999), filed on September 5, 2018)

 

  21.1*

 

Subsidiaries of REV Group, Inc.

 

 

 

  23.1*

 

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

 

 

 

  31.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  31.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  32.1*

 

Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

  32.2*

 

Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

101.INS

 

XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

101.SCH

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

101.CAL

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.DEF

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.LAB

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

101.PRE

 

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

*

Filed herewith.

 

61


Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

REV Group, Inc.

 

 

 

 

Date: December 19, 2018

 

By:

/s/ Timothy Sullivan

 

 

 

Timothy Sullivan

 

 

 

Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on December 19, 2018.

 

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ Timothy Sullivan

 

Director and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Timothy Sullivan

 

(Principal Executive Officer)

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dean Nolden

 

Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Dean Nolden

 

(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Paul Bamatter

 

Director

 

 

Paul Bamatter

 

 

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Jean Marie “John” Canan

 

Director

 

 

Jean Marie “John” Canan

 

 

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Dino Cusumano

 

Director

 

 

Dino Cusumano

 

 

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Charles Dutil

 

Director

 

 

Charles Dutil

 

 

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Justin Fish

 

Director

 

 

Justin Fish

 

 

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Kim Marvin

 

Director

 

 

Kim Marvin

 

 

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Joel Rotroff

 

Director

 

 

Joel Rotroff

 

 

 

December 19, 2018

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Donn Viola

 

Director

 

 

Donn Viola

 

 

 

December 19, 2018

 

62